Home

C-Class - Mercedes Benz USA

Contents

1. General information Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 PRE SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS For PRE SAFE Brake to assist you when driving the radar sensor system must be operational With the help of the radar sensor system PRE SAFE Brake can detect obstacles that are in front of your vehicle for an extended period of time PRE SAFE Brake can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead and reduce the effects of such a collision If PRE SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision you will be warned visually and acoustically as well as by automatic braking PRE SAFE Driving safety systems Brake cannot prevent a collision without your intervention Important safety notes Z WARNING PRE SAFE Brake will initially brake your vehicle by a partial application of the brakes if a danger of collision is detected There may be a collision unless you also brake Automatic emergency braking cannot prevent a collision There is a risk of an accident Always apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action ZA WARNING PRE SAFE Brake cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic conditions In these cases PRE SAFE Brake may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention
2. Exterior lighting The high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster also lights up If you are driving at speeds below approximately 30 mph 45 km h or other road users have been detected or the roads are adequately lit The high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The o indicator lamp in the multifunction display remains lit gt To deactivate move the combination switch back to its normal position The indicator lamp in the multifunction display goes out The headlamps may fog up on the inside if there is high atmospheric humidity gt Switch on the lights and drive off The level of moisture diminishes depending on the length of the journey and the weather conditions humidity and temperature If the level of moisture does not diminish gt Have the headlamps checked at a qualified specialist workshop Lights and windshield wipers F Lights and windshield wipers E Interior lighting Interior lighting Front overhead control panel Switches the rear interior lighting on off Switches the automatic interior lighting control on off Switches the right hand front reading lamp on off Switches the front interior lighting on off
3. Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly Characteristics of ESP General information If the ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the amp ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circumstances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected status Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again Deactivating activating ESP except AMG vehicles Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 You can select between the following statuses of ESP ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer stabilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations described in the following It may be bes
4. ee 116 Consumption statistics on board COMPUTER oxcsvinesiesscsvacss Jeseeyetienssveibes es 207 Convenience closing feature 89 Convenience opening feature 89 Coolant engine Checking the level essecee 290 Display message s es 233 Filling capacity sccieiiecseniises 397 Important safety notes 356 Temperature on board computer 219 Temperature gauge esee 204 Warning lamp crosaires 257 Cooling see Climate control COPYTIS Ht ies isisssceecas acccstaciech eeeetvientideads 27 Cornering light function Changing DUIDS s vsscsssteessehesscstecesess 123 Display MeSSAEe eeeeeeeeteeeeteeees 230 FUNCtION NOTES ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 Crash responsive emergency lighting esenee 121 Cruise control Cruise control lever ssscsssesseessse 172 D ACHIVALING esnea 173 Display message n se 241 Driving SYSTEM iesse isserrat 171 FUNCHON NOt Sises rersssieiiesis 171 Important safety notes 171 Setting a SPCOG cs ccee iisascvesenssesiecess 173 Storing and maintaining current SPOCG AE EE aecstiede 172 Cup holder Genter console lt lt scsesceessssedeseepeses 267 Important safety notes 267 Rear compartment eeeeeeeeees 268 Customer Assistance Center CAC 26 Customer Relations Department 26 C Dashboard see Instrument cluster Dashboard lighting see Instrument cluster lighting Data see Technical data
5. Center console Center console lower section At a glance E Function Page Function Page Stowage compartment 262 Audio COMAND Ashtray 269 controller see the separate Cigarette lighter 270 operating instructions ealoctonlavar 154 Eu Selects the drive program 156 Cup holder 267 Stowage compartment 262 Overhead control panel At a glance L Function Switches the rear compartment interior lighting on off Switches the automatic interior lighting control on off LA hand I Switches the right reading lamp on off Opens closes the sliding sunroof I Opens closes the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel with roller sunblinds Sil MB Info call button mbrace system SOS button mbrace system Overhead control panel P82 00 2934 31 Page Function Page Rear view mirror 107 Buttons for the garage door 120 opener 283 Microphone for mbrace 120 emergency call system telephone and the Voice Control System ee GA Roadside Assistance call button mbrace 92 system 276 A Switches the left hand reading lamp on off 120 93 Switches the front interior lighting on off 120 276 274 1 The Voice Control System is only available in combination with COMAND Observe the additional operating instructions Door control panel Oe Function Opens the door
6. 309 Towing away With both axles on the ground 309 Tow starting Emergency engine Starting 310 Important safety notes 1 0 308 Transfer Case sicuris 161 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transporting the vehicle 310 Trim pieces cleaning instructions 296 Trip computer on board computer 207 Trip odometer Calli Up escsccersnestecibedevetensnnssssthtess Resetting on board computer Trunk Emergency release eese 86 87 Important safety notes oe 84 Locking separately ceeeeeeeeeee 86 Opening automatically from SAE aer ee e a ce eesees 86 Opening automatically from Outside ascii E 85 Trunk lid Display message eeeeeetteeeeteeees 245 Opening CIOSING cceeseeeeeeees 84 Opening dimensions 00006 358 Trunk load maximum 358 Turn signals Display Message eeeeeeetteeeeteeees 230 Switching On Off assesseer 116 Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking sesse 83 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button eeseeeeseeeeeeee 82 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 268 Vehicle Correct USE esinin ee 26 Data acquisition sssri 27 Display message eeeeeeetteeeeteeees 244 Emergency locking cceseeeeeees 83 Emergency unlocking ceeeee 83 EGQUIDIMEMNE soarece 22 Individual settings s e 215 Limite
7. Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty Z WARNING Risk of explosion or fire gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove it immediately gt page 147 gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap cannot be opened or The fuel filler flap is not unlocked The SmartKey battery is discharged gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 78 gt Open the trunk lid gt Manually unlock the fuel filler flap using the emergency release gt page 163 The fuel filler flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jammed gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Important safety notes Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust gas flow There is a risk of fire Park the vehicle so that no flammable materials come into contact with parts of the vehicle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the
8. e press the 5 button on the SmartKey or e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door or e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid or e pull on the trunk lid handle Opening gt Press the a button on the SmartKey P72 20 3031 31 gt Pull handle gt Raise the trunk lid Closing aa gt Pull the trunk lid down using recess Q gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey gt page 76 or with KEYLESS GO gt page 77 Trunk if a KEYLESS GO key is detected in the trunk the trunk lid cannot be locked and will open again Important safety notes Z WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped during automatic closing of the trunk lid Moreover people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area during the closing process There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e Press the button on the key e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door Opening and closing E e Press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid e Pull the trunk lid handle ZA WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can ent
9. Control panel for 3 zone automatic climate control qu FOCUS MEDIUM DIFFUSE nul i Il I P68 10 4246 31 Canada only Front control panel To set the temperature left gt page 138 To defrost the windshield gt page 139 To switch the residual heat function on off gt page 141 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 135 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 140 To set the temperature right gt page 138 To switch the ZONE function on off gt page 139 To switch climate control on off gt page 135 To set the air distribution gt page 138 To increase the airflow gt page 139 To reduce the airflow gt page 139 To adjust airflow gt page 137 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 141 To set climate control to automatic gt page 137 Rear control panel To increase the airflow gt page 139 To reduce the airflow gt page 139 Display To reduce the temperature gt page 138 To increase the temperature gt page 138 Operating the climate control systems Operating the climate control systems The following contains instructions and General notes recommendations to enable you to get the most out of your automatic climate control e Activate climate control using the auto and Automatic climate control When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulat
10. Daytime running lamps Display MESSAE csiississisessssissessesina 232 Switching on off on board COMPUTLEN pererin 216 Switching on off switch 115 Dealerships see Qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity 25 Delayed switch off Exterior lighting on board COMPUTET ccisepsezessuensesceescsesseecesoodes 216 Interior lighting eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 217 Diagnostics connection 25 Digital speedometer 0 0 208 Display cleaning instructions 296 Display messages ASSYST PUUS iueiai enee 286 Calling up on board computer 222 Driving Systems 2 0 0 eeeeeeseeeeeees 236 A E 233 General NOLES enesis 222 Hiding on board computer 222 KEYLESS GO scccscosjcsatessesereneceenessnss ETa EEE T Safety SYStOMS sssssscsrsrersssssisscsss SmartKey TIES siisii Vehi Eeee eea r EE Distance recorder see Odometer see Trip odometer Distance warning warning lamp 259 DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions s es D activating issssiscsinsisssiiipuriseesnes Display message Displays in the multifunction CS DAY nied es sees bad aeesidsavasscaceeassstoccests 179 DIVINE CIPS cecseeretinvevenn ee 180 FUNCtION NOTES sssrini 173 Important safety notes 0 173 Setting the specified minimum CISTANGO aves eicita aonais 178 Warning lamp seeseesecereeeseeeeees 259 Doors Automati
11. If the alarm continues for more than 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call system automatically notifies the Customer Assistance Center This is done either by text message or data connection The emergency call system sends the message or data provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace service e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is available Theft deterrent locking system gt To arm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Indicator lamp Q flashes The alarm system is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To disarm unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt To stop the alarm using the SmartKey insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off or gt Press the a SmartKey The alarm is switched off gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dashboard The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or button on the in Suso pue SuluedQ KA trh e Oo N 76 Side windows irre terse Sliding s nroof E DIe E E O Useful information 00 008 SmartKey e soccer RE SmartKey Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all mo
12. eseeeeeeee 163 Opening CIOSING eeeeeeeeseeeeeees 162 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPULET 2s cscedeeecsacnesndsissseanteseareas 208 Fuel tank GAD AGILY sedans den citecctinsseseeaeiesonceaee 352 Problem malfunction 0 164 Fuse allocation chart vehicle tool Kit sess cosevdncesns stay torie aai auan 300 Fuses Allocation Chart scrsssmigsesssesisseis Before Changing seeeseeeseeeneeeeee Dashboard fuse box Fuse box in the engine COMPALLMENL 5 cccsscccccaceeesccstceano esses Fuse box in the trunk Important safety notes Garage door opener Clearing the Memory nsss Important safety notes Opening closing the garage door 283 Programming button in the rear VIEW TINON setioan 282 Gear indicator on board computer 219 Gear or selector lever cleaning Zuidelines yaseen ets 296 Genuine parts soeone 21 Glove DOX ox ssis si cestiessctcdsseneeeeenectin cheese 263 C Handbrake see Parking brake Hazard warning lamps 117 Headlamps Adding fluid to cleaning system 291 Cleaning system function 117 Cleaning system notes 357 FOSZING UP esines iess 119 see Automatic headlamp mode Head restraints ACUUSHING escnccses chasse seciehietesentcdeeccis Adjusting electrically ae Adjusting manually eeee Adjusting fear sesini Installing removing rear LUKU
13. C Class Operator s Manual UL ALLL 2045843383 Order no 6515079413 Part no 2045843383 Edition A 2014 la A Mercedes Benz C Class Symbols Registered trademarks Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls iPod and iTunes are registered trademarks of Apple Inc e Logic7 is a registered trademark of Harman International Industries e Microsoft and Windows media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBiquity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are registered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the following symbols Z WARNING Warning notes make you aware dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with information on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle Practical tips or further information th
14. Locking knob Q pops up The door is unlocked and can be opened gt To open a front door pull door handle gt To unlock a rear door pull up locking knob Q The door is unlocked and can be opened gt To open a rear door pull door handle You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button 2 If the front passenger door is closed the vehicle locks Meanwhile the fuel filler flap will not be locked or unlocked You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can only open the rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not secured by the child proof locks gt page 64 Only open the door when the traffic situation permits If the vehicle was previously locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening the vehicle from the inside will activate the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 73 If the vehicle has been locked using the locking button for the central locking or has been locked automatically and a door is opened from the inside e the vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previously been fully unlocked e only the door which has been opened form the inside is unlocked if only the driver s door had been previously unlocked If the ve
15. This can usually be found on the back of the remote control The integrated garage door opener is compatible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280to 433MHz Replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the likelihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror When programming hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button that you are programming Try various angles at a distance between 2and 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances If another remote control for the same garage door drive is available repeat the same programming steps with this remote control Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote control Note that some remote controls only transmit for a limited amount of time the indicator lamp on the remote control goes out Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal reception transmission Opening closing the garage door After it has been programmed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control in Stowage and features i Stowage and features Features Please als
16. sses 57 Seats Adaptive seat backrests AMG Vehicles sirni secsssecdecccaeendiiaae stances 103 Adjusting electrically 0 00 0 100 Adjusting manually and electrically siinsetes 100 Adjusting lumbar support 103 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar SUP POM ssi cvecesue sees sucvsvecsaysseveesayeles 103 Adjusting the head restraint 101 Cleaning the cover cesceeeeeees 297 Correct driver s seat position 98 Important safety notes s 99 Seat heating problem sses 105 Seat ventilation problem 105 Storing settings memory function 110 Switching seat heating on off 104 Switching seat ventilation on off 105 Sensors cleaning instructions 295 Service menu on board computer 215 Service products Brake fluid ssscccieess seatesteesstevezesiedesie Coolant engine Engine OIL eissien resanse sre Fuel E E E cassis Important safety notes Refrigerant air conditioning SYSTEMIN ai ent E Washer fluid Service work see ASSYST PLUS Settings Factory on board computer On board computer s s sssrssrsssssissesss Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow 00 SETUP on board computer 219 Side impact air bag 0 0 eee 45 Side marker lamp display message eeren 232 Side windows CIGANING cesis ainn 294 Convenience closing feature 89 Convenience opening feat
17. 115 V socket 2 00 ee eeeeeeeeeteeeeee 271 12 V socket see Sockets 4MATIC permanent four wheel NIVE 525 codes cxsesescecestieiyededsnssentevers eed 185 ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message s e 223 Function notes ceeeesseeeeesseeeeeeeeee 65 Important safety notes 0 eee 65 Warning lamp eeeeeeeeeeereeeneeeeees 250 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 135 Active Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board Computer 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 214 Display message ssec 238 Function information 196 Active Driving Assistance package 196 Active Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating on board Computer scsssceesneseeceens 214 Display message ssec 237 Function information ee 199 Active light function 117 ADAPTIVE BRAKE iaie 71 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Display message ese eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 233 FUNCTION NOTES sss deseins 118 Switching on off o s 118 119 Switching on off on board COMPULCL soesto eerie 216 Additives engine oil 355 Air bags Display message s es 229 Front air bag driver front PASSENZEN orriren 44 Important safety notes s 42 Knee bageni 44 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INGICALON LAMP Assisist 47 Pelvis all Dag cc csisscsesicassctenevececooences 46 Safety guidelines cceeeeeeeeees 41 Side impact air
18. 8 km h regardless of road surface conditions ABS works on slippery surfaces even if you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking situation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force A v Ge Driving safety systems If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving A Oo q General information BAS operates in emergency braking situations If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 Z WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated General information Observe the Important safety notes section
19. L Switches the left hand front reading lamp on off P82 20 3674 31 Rear compartment overhead control panel L Switches the right hand reading lamp on off Switches the left hand reading lamp on off General notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior lighting functions are automatically deactivated after some time unless the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock Automatic interior lighting control gt To activate deactivate press the aa button When the automatic interior lighting control is activated the button is flush with the overhead control panel The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock You can activate this delayed switch off using the on board computer gt page 217 Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the A4 button The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting pres
20. e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts Child proof locks for the rear doors Z WARNING Children could open a rear door from inside the vehicle This could result in serious injuries or an accident Therefore when children ride in the rear always secure the rear doors with the child proof locks You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feat
21. gt Use the volume controller of the audio system COMAND The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call USA only you can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detected if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the RA Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the Q i MB Info call button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button R Roadside Assistance call button Q i MB Info call button e After the system self diagnosis the Inoperative or Service Not Activated message appears in the multifunction display If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines e USA
22. Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 6 in approx 15 cm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warning tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is Driving systems located on the headliner in the rear From the compartment e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approximately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness E Driving and parking The warning display for each side of the vehicle is divided into five yellow and two red segments PARKTRONIC is operational if Indicator lamp yellow segments showing operational Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC readiness 3 light up lig p If indicator lamp lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated Parking Guidance is also deactivated The selected t
23. Example trip computer From Start Distance Time Average speed Average fuel consumption gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select From Start or From Reset The values in the From Start submenu are calculated from the start of a journey whereas the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 208 On board computer and displays The From Start trip computer is automatically reset if e the ignition has been switched off for more than four hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9 999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automatically reset if the value exceeds 9 999 hours or 99 999 miles Displaying the range and current fuel consumption P54 33 24 15 31 gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the _A or W button to select the current fuel consumption and the approximate range except for AMG vehicles The approximate range that can be covered depends on the fuel level and your current driving style If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled instead of the range ECO display ECO DISPLAY 62 From Start
24. be impaired if e dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e snow or heavy rain e interference by other radar sources e strong radar reflections for example in parking garages If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpectedly accelerate the vehicle to the stored speed This speed may e be too high if you are driving in a filter lane or an exit lane e be so high when driving in the right hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the left hand lane e be so high when driving in the left hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the right hand lane If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control in the speed range between 20 mph Canada 30 km h and 120 mph Canada 200 km h If a vehicle is driving in front of you it operates in the speed range between O mph 0 km h and 120 mph Canada 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients As DISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves it can resemble the radar detectors of the responsible authorities You can refer to the Driving systems relevant chapter in the Operator s Manual if Cruise control lever questions are asked about this USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for u
25. gt Press the A or Y Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the current tire pressure for the individual tires or the Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes message gt Press the W button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display button to select If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction display After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored 4 Wheels and tires Ld Wheels and tires Loading the vehicle Loading the vehicle Z WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible loa
26. gt page 65 BAS PLUS is only available in vehicles equipped with DISTRONIC PLUS For BAS PLUS to assist you the radar sensor system must be operational With the help of the radar sensor system BAS PLUS can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If the radar sensor system is malfunctioning BAS PLUS will not be available The brake system is still available with complete brake boosting effect and BAS BAS PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle or reduce the effects of such a collision If BAS PLUS detects a danger of collision you are assisted when braking Important safety notes Z WARNING BAS PLUS cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases BAS PLUS may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Z WARNING BAS PLUS does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As aresult BAS PLUS may not intervene in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the recognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is als
27. ia Breakdown assistance Breakdown assistance Where will I find Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Where will I find First aid kit Depending on the vehicle s equipment the first aid kit is located either in an open stowage space or behind the cover on the left side gt Open the trunk lid Example first aid kit behind the side trim panel gt To open the cover turn rotary knob in the direction of the arrow and fold down cover 2 gt Remove the first aid kit Example first aid kit in an open stowage space gt Remove first aid kit Check the expiration date on the first aid kit at least once a year Replace the contents if necessary and replace missing items Vehicle tool kit The vehicle tool kit can be found in the stowage well under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 266 Vehicle tool kit tray Stowage well Spare wheel Minispare emergency spare wheel The vehicle tool kit contains e Folding wheel chock e Fuse alloc
28. 1010 I0 0I O O Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn PARKTRONIC warning display Overhead control panel Climate control systems Ignition lock Start Stop button IS 116 31 185 36 130 147 148 000000 EM Zia Function Adjusting the steering wheel manually Adjusting the steering wheel electrically Cruise control lever Parking brake Diagnostics connection Opening the hood Releasing the parking brake Light switch P68 10 4314 31 Page 105 105 172 165 25 288 165 114 Instrument cluster E Displays and controls Ce Function Fuel gauge Coolant temperature Speedometer with segments Page 204 205 P54 33 2035 31 Function Page Multifunction display 206 Tachometer 205 Instrument cluster lighting 204 At a glance At a glance P54 33 2036 31 Function Page Function Page ESP 252 4 Seat belt 248 som SPORT handling BEJESP inAMGvehicles 253 mode in AMG vehicles 258 Distance warning 259 E Coolant 257 Bem E ESP OFF 2 ae aa 117 Era Brakes USA only 250 Low beam Brakes Canada only 250 headlamps 115 Turn signals 116 300 Parking lamps 116 ABs 250 o Rear fog lamp 116
29. 272 d Stowage and features Features e the on board power supply is within a permissible voltage range e the 12 V sockets in the rear compartment are operational gt page 271 Using the 115 V power socket au gt To switch on switch the ignition on gt Open flap gt Insert the plug of the electronic device into 115 V power socket Q Indicator lamp lights up gt To switch off remove the connector from 115 V socket Q Ensure that you do not pull on the cord Features Problems with the 115 V power socket Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The warning lamp on The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak the 115 V powersocket Start the engine is not lit or gt Charge the battery gt page 304 If the indicator lamp still does not light up gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The temperature of the DC AC converter is temporarily too high gt Remove the electronic device connector from the 115 V socket gt Let the DC AC converter cool down If the indicator lamp still does not light up after cooling down the converter gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have connected a small electronic device that has a constant nominal power of less than 150 W but a very high switch on current This device will not work If you connect such a device the 115 V power socket will not supply it with power in Stowage
30. Acceleration F _ 1 Constant Coasting C P54 33 2414 31 Example ECO display gt Press the lt or button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or Y ECO DISPLAY If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four hours the ECO display will be automatically reset Further information on the ECO display gt page 167 button to select Digital speedometer t4 0 56 mph P54 33 24 17 31 Shift recommendation gt page 159 Digital speedometer gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the digital speedometer Resetting values Example resetting the trip computer From Start gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the function that you wish to reset gt Press the OK button gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm You can reset the values of the following functions e Trip odometer e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display When you reset the values in the ECO display the values in the trip computer From Start are likewise reset Wh
31. Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in the upright position A WARNING Seat belts cannot protect as intended if e they are damaged extremely dirty bleached or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices or the belt anchorage has been modified Damage caused to seat belts in an accident may not be visible e g by splinters of glass Modified or damaged seat belts can tear or fail for example in the event of an accident Modified Emergency Tensioning Devices may be deployed unintentionally or fail to be deployed when required There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Never modify seat belts Emergency Tensioning Devices seat belt anchorages and inertia reels Ensure that seat belts are not damaged or worn and are clean Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey See Children in the vehicle gt page 59 for further information on infants and children traveling in the vehicle as well as on child restraint systems Correct use of the seat belts A WAR
32. Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Cleaning the rear view camera H Do not clean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer P54 00 2806 31 gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens 4 Lal Maintenance and care Care Cleaning the exhaust pipes H Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid based cleaning agents such as sanitary cleansers or wheel cleaners Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust tail pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in winter and after washing gt Clean the exhaust tail pipes with a chrome care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the following e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household cleaning agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irreparable damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commercially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry microfiber cloth Cleaning
33. Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter shows the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Days The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnected Maintaining the time dependent service schedule gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before disconnecting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display gt Press the or OK button on the steering wheel gt Switch on the ignition gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by pressing the OK button The service due date appears in the multifunction display Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service interval display H if the ASSYST PLUS service interval display has been inadvertently reset this setting can be corrected at a qualified specialist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This
34. P82 95 2907 31 gt Press MB Info call button This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio system is muted If a connection can be made the Ca Connected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e Current location of the vehicle e Vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other products and services from Mercedes Benz USA only you can find further information on the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call button A is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This c
35. Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the or button If this does not work gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 79 and replace it if necessary gt page 79 gt Lock gt page 83 or unlock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Lock gt page 83 or unlock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the g button There is a malfunction with KEYLESS GO gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the g button gt Have KEYLESS GO checked at a qualified specialist workshop If this does not work gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 79 and replace it if necessary gt page 79 gt Lock gt page 83 or unl
36. Reactivate Parking Guidance later gt page 188 If the parking space symbol does not appear in the multifunction display at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h gt Clean the sensors gt page 295 gt Restart the engine If the parking space symbol still does not appear in the multifunction display at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Parking Guidance has been deactivated because you are no longer following the recommended path gt Park again and while doing so observe the display messages in the multifunction display The vehicle is parked A warning tone also sounds The display message disappears automatically DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated gt page 173 If it was deactivated automatically a warning tone also sounds DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again after having been temporarily unavailable You can now reactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 173 E On board computer and displays Display messages Lal On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are Currently e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the sensors in the radiator grill and the bumper are dirty e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagneti
37. To lower press and hold belt sash guide release 4 gt Slide the belt sash guide downwards gt Release belt sash guide release a and make sure that the belt sash guide has engaged Releasing seat belts el gt Press release button on belt buckle gt Guide belt tongue 2 to belt sash guide C Occupant safety H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Damaged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop Belt warning for the driver and front passenger Regardless of whether the driver s and front passenger seat belts have already been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started It then goes out if the driver and the front passenger have already fastened their seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after a maximum of six seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after six seconds the driver or front passenger have not fastened their seat belts and the doors are closed the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up e until the driver s or front passenger s seat be
38. a Unlocks locks the vehicle Adjusts the seats electrically M 1 20 E3 Stores settings for the seat exterior mirrors and steering wheel a a fe Adjusts and folds the exterior mirrors in out electrically Door control panel Page Function 82 Opens closes the side windows 82 Activates deactivates the override feature for the side we windows in the rear compartment Opens the trunk lid 110 107 Page 88 64 86 At a glance E D Useful information 000 008 40 Panic alarinicicsccece co E RRE 40 Occupant safety e e e 40 Children in the vehicle 59 Driving safety systems 65 Theft deterrent locking system 72 A pe bh Occupant safety Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Safety LI s Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Panic alarm P80 00 2205 31 gt To activate press Panc butt
39. and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 25 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Fr Stowage and features E Stowage and features Programming Programming buttons Observe the Important safety notes page 281 P68 05 2244 31 Integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror Garage door remote control is not part of the integrated garage door opener gt The first time before programming clear the integrated garage door opener memory gt page 284 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button 2 or is programmed for the first time If the selected button has already been programmed indicator lamp Q will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt Point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 to on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm The required distance between remote control 6 and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be necessary You should test every position for at least
40. benefits if the correct direction of rotation is maintained An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store wheels that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Components damaged in this way may fail unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced immediately Mounting a wheel gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the parking brake gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Move the selector lever to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics have status 0 which is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 148 gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away amp P40 10 5602 31 If your vehicle is equipped with
41. body parts in close proximity could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the opening and closing procedures Sliding sunroof If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stopped Z WARNING If children operate the sliding sunroof they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged H The weather can change abruptly It could start to rain or snow Make sure that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle interior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with
42. boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other networked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as intended and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as electronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and electronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the undercarriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in conta
43. briefly press the A or W button gt To select a station from the station list press and briefly hold the A or W button If no station list is received gt To select a station using the station search press and briefly hold the A or W button SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio For more information on satellite radio operation see the separate operating instructions For information on switching waveband and storing stations see the separate operating instructions Operating an audio player or audio media P54 33 2424 31 Example CD DVD changer display Current title Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select the audio player or medium see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous track briefly press the A or W button gt To select a track from the track list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or W button until desired track has been reached If you press and hold A or W the rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data carriers support th
44. bulbs of the same type and the specified voltage Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs from moisture during operation Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 121 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop If you require assistance changing bulbs consult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Lights and windshield wipers E Lights and windshield wipers Ie Replacing bulbs Halogen headlamps Parking lamp standing lamp W 5 W High beam headlamp H7 55 W Low beam headlamp H7 55 W Bi Xenon headlamps Cornering lamp H7 55 W Tail lamp Backup lamp P 21 W Brake lamp P 21 W Brake lamp parking lamp P 21 W Changing the front bulbs Low beam headlamps halogen headlamps PB2 10 6355 31
45. could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjustments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat or steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped immediately release the memory function position button The adjustment process is stopped Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they activate the memory function particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle With the memory function you can store up to three different settings e g for three different people The following settings are stored as a single memory preset e position of the seat backrest and head restraint e driver s side steering wheel position e driver s side position of the exterior mirrors on the driver s and front passenger sides gt Adjust the seat gt page 100 gt On the driver s side adjust the steering wheel gt page 106 and the exterior mirrors gt page 107 gt Briefly press the M memory button and then press storage position button 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected preset position A tone sounds when the settings have been completed H if you want to move the seat from the fully reclined position to a stored seat position first raise the backrest The seat could otherwise be
46. e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of personal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement who have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Information on copyright General information Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the following website http www mercedes benz com opensource Dashboard 2 2 err reece aces os Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console e Overhead control panel Door control panel cceeeeee At a glance 4 Ata glance Lal DE TJalefey ae PERELE
47. eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 116 PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating 187 Driving SYSLOM cecsncscsecosessececsassteesonn 185 FUNCTION NOLES ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 185 Important safety notes 185 Problem malfunction 188 Range of the sensors eeeeees 186 Warning display eeseeeeseeeeeeees 186 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Problem malfunction eee 51 Problems malfunction 229 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp eie a ate Mes eene 47 Plastic trim cleaning instructions 296 Power washers cscceeeeeeeeeees 293 Power windows see Side windows PRE SAFE anticipatory occupant protection Display message s e 225 Operation ssssis cinscosatavess cchesdecastacdesenss 52 PRE SAFE Brake Activating deactivating 0 214 Display message eee eeeeeeseeeeeteeees 226 FUNCTION MOLES seserinis 71 Warning lamp eses Program selector button Protection of the environment General notes c ccc 06 cess cossevesseescsevess 21 Pulling away Automatic transmission 00005 Qualified specialist workshop 25 RACE START AMG vehicles RACETIMER on board computer Radar sensor system Activating deactivating Display message 0 0 eeeeeeeeee Radio Selecting a Station ceceeeeeee 210 see separate operating instructions Radio wave reception transmission in the vehicle Declaration of confo
48. gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or Y PRE SAFE Brake gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated the assistance graphic shows the 3 64 symbol in the multifunction display If the PRE SAFE Brake Sensors Deactivated message appears the radar sensor system is deactivated button to select OK gt Switch on the radar sensor system gt page 218 For more information on PRE SAFE Brake see gt page 71 Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A jor V Attention Assist button to select gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the o symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphics display For further information about ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 192 OK Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or Y Blind Spot Assi
49. gt Slide cover of positive terminal in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable beginning with your own battery gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal 4 of donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle first gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from ground point 6 and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first 307 E Breakdown assistance LA Breakdown assistance Towing and tow starting gt Close cover Q of positive terminal 2 after removing the jumper cables gt Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop Towing and tow starting Z WARNING You can no longer steer the vehicle if the steering wheel lock has been engaged There is a risk of an accident Always switch off the ignition when towing the vehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar Z W
50. gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages High beam headlamps halogen headlamps PB2 10 6356 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages Parking lamps standing lamps halogen headlamps P82 10 6357 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Pull out bulb holder gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages Replacing bulbs Cornering light function Bi Xenon headlamps PB2 10 6358 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise
51. gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear fog lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 121 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop E On board computer and displays Display messages Lal On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions IDL The left or right hand backup lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself page 121 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Check Left Reverse Lamp or Check Right Reverse Lamp X The left or right front side marker lamp is defective neck Front Left gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp IDF The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective Ie gt soe sp x Check Rear lees Visit a qualified specialist workshop Sidemarker Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp TOL The left hand or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty ie gt ee epe Check Left Daytime Visit a qualified specialist workshop Running Light or Check Right Daytime Running Light IOF The active light function is defective Z gt Visi oe a Active Headlamps Visit a qualified specialist workshop Inoperative TOF The e
52. page 213 e Activating deactivating ESP gt page 213 e Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake gt page 214 e Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 214 e Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 214 e Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 214 Displaying the assistance graphic gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press A jor Y Graphic gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the DISTRONIC PLUS distance display in the assistance graphic gt page 179 to select Assistance The assistance graphic can display the status of and information from other driving systems or driving safety systems Menus and submenus The assistance graphic shows e the swore symbol when ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 192 is deactivated e the lane markings as bright lines when Lane Keeping Assist gt page 194 or Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 199 is activated the RIE symbol when PRE SAFE Brake gt page 71 is deactivated Deactivating activating ESP Observe the Important safety notes section in the description of ESP gt page 68 A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer stabilizes the vehicle There is an increased ri
53. press the cruise control lever up 4 or down 2 to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph increments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down 2 beyond the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For example if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished overtaking Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards 3 or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e you depress the parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to position N while driving Driving systems If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Control Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds When you switch off the engine the last speed stored is cleared Important safety notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the distance
54. specialist workshop even if your vehicle is ready to drive Front air bags The front air bags increase protection for the driver s and front passenger s head and chest Safety Lat s Driver s air bag Q deploys in front of the steering wheel front passenger front air bag deploys in front of and above the glove box They are deployed e at the start of an accident with a high rate of vehicle acceleration or deceleration in a longitudinal direction e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e independently of other air bags in the vehicle The release time of the front air bags is dependent upon the use of the seat belt Your vehicle has adaptive two stage front air bags In the event of a collision the air bag control unit evaluates the vehicle deceleration In the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with enough propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed if a second deployment threshold is exceeded within a few milliseconds The deployment of front passenger front air bag is also influenced by the weight category of the front passenger which is determined by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 47 The lighter the passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required predicted at the start of the impact for second stage inflation of t
55. stationary if you move the selector lever from a drive position to P the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps go out after three minutes When the engine is running the vehicle is stationary and in bright ambient light if you Exterior lighting turn the light switch to 500 lt the daytime running lamps and parking lamps switch on If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps USA only The daytime running lamps improve the visibility of your vehicle during the day To do this the daytime running lamps function must be switched on using the on board computer gt page 216 If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 500 lt or 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps Low beam headlamps Z WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to Z Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is dark the parking lamps and low beam headlamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 2 position This is a particularly useful function in the
56. thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corrosion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer braking distance e Brake occasionally to remove any possible salt residue Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when doing so e Carefully depress the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warning tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multifunction display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immediately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a Driving tips qualified specialist workshop Consult a qualified specialist workshop to arrange this Have brake pads installed and brake fluid replaced at a qualified specialist workshop H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer If you are planning to have the vehicle tested on such a dynamometer contact an authorized
57. touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate is highly flammable If it comes into contact with hot engine components or the exhaust system it could ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer concentrate is spilled next to the filler neck gt To open pull cap Q upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap 1 onto the filler neck until it engages The washer fluid reservoir is used for both the windshield washer system and the headlamp cleaning system If the washer fluid level drops below the recommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompting you to add washer fluid gt page 246 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 357 Generalnotes H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film Py Maintenance and care La Maintenance and care Care Q Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible manner H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight
58. 25 seconds before trying another position gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green If indicator lamp Q lights up green or flashes then programming has been successful gt Release button on remote control for the garage door drive system gt If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programming procedure for the corresponding button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror If the indicator lamp flashes green after successful programming the garage door system is using a rolling code After programming you must synchronize the garage door opener integrated in the rear view mirror with the receiver of the garage door system Synchronizing the rolling code Observe the Important safety notes gt page 281 Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or exterior gate drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the program button of the door or gate drive see the door or gate drive operating instructions e g under programming of additional remote controls Usually you now have 30seconds to initiate the next step gt Press previously programmed button or of the integrated garage door opener until the door
59. 3 Only for vehicles with the through loading feature gt Move adjustment lever in the direction of the arrow until the desired backrest contour is achieved Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back To raise the backrest contour To soften the backrest contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour Adaptive seat backrests AMG vehicles You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually so as to provide optimum support for your back Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Seats steering wheel and mirrors a To adjust the upper back support To adjust the contour of the backrest in the lumbar region To adjust the lateral structure and support of the seat gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock Repeat the adjustment if the seat no longer has the desired contour after a certain amount of time Activating deactivating Z WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high temperatures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly The th
60. Always observe the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 318 Example maximum permissible tire pressure The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the tire pressure information section gt page 318 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure information section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pressure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle Tire pressure gt If necessary increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt page 318 gt If the tire pressure is too high release air by pressing down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires General notes While the vehicle is in motion
61. Check Vehicle Surroundings Press OK to Confirm message gt Press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The multifunction display switches to Parking Guidance Depending on your distance from the parking space the Please Drive Backward message will appear in the multifunction display gt If necessary reverse towards the parking space This is indicated by an arrow pointing backwards Continue backing up until you hear a tone Stop the stop position has been reached The arrow is white The Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left message appears in the multifunction display gt While the vehicle is stationary turn the steering wheel in the specified direction until the arrow is white and a warning tone sounds gt To reverse into the parking space maintain the steering wheel angle and reverse carefully gt Stop as soon as you hear a warning tone The vehicle has reached the position in which you need to countersteer The Please Steer Wheel to the Left or Please Steer Wheel to the Right message appears in the multifunction display gt To countersteer while the vehicle is stationary turn the steering wheel in the specified direction until the arrow is white and a warning tone sounds gt To reverse into the parking space maintain the steering wheel angle and reverse carefully gt Stop as soon as you hear a warning tone at the
62. Do not drive faster than 85 mph 140 km h for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Only allow the engine to reach a maximum engine speed of 4 500 rpm briefly e Change gear in good time You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective speed limits Your vehicle is equipped with a self locking differential on the rear axle To protect the differential on the rear axle carry out an oil change after a breaking in phase of 2 000 miles 3 000 km This oil change prolongs the service life of the differential Have the oil change carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Driving Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another Z WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals A
63. Do not let it snap back suddenly as this would damage the automatic roller mechanism H Do not drive the vehicle with the roller sunblind hooked in and the side windows opened simultaneously The roller sunblind can jump out of the retainers and spring back suddenly when driving at high speeds e g when driving on the freeway This could damage the inertia reel Therefore either close the side window or retract the roller sunblind before driving at high speeds gt To extend pull the roller sunblind out by tab and hook it onto retainers at the top of the window Important safety notes Z WARNING When extending or retracting parts of the body could become trapped within the sweep of the roller sunblind There is a risk of injury When extending or retracting make sure that no one has any parts of the body within the sweep of the roller sunblind If someone becomes trapped briefly press the button again The opening or closing procedure will be stopped Features H Make sure that the roller sunblind can move freely Otherwise the roller sunblind or other objects could be damaged Extending retracting the roller sunblind gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt To extend or retract briefly press button The roller sunblind fully extends or fully retracts gt To stop briefly press button Q again The roller sunblind stops briefly and moves back into t
64. ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD is not available due to a malfunction Therefore ABS BAS BAS PLUS ESP PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are also unavailable for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS and ESP are not available due to a malfunction Therefore BAS BAS PLUS EBD PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are not available either ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be se
65. SRS has malfunctioned at the rear center The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window curtain air bag The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster A WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop E On board computer and displays Display messages Ll On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is disabled during the journey even Airbag Disabled though See Operator s e an adult Manua or e a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may interpret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is Z WARNING The front passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep th
66. Spot Assist e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration ESP is switched off e the transmission is not in position D e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed Active Lane Keeping Assist does not detect traffic situations or road users An inappropriate brake application may be interrupted at any time if you e steer slightly in the opposite direction e use a turn signal e clearly brake or accelerate Driving systems A lane correcting brake application is interrupted automatically if e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e lane markings can no longer be recognized Switching on Active Lane Keeping Assist gt Switch on Active Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 214 If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display gt page 213 are shown in green Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use If Standard is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP When Adaptive is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In
67. WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off H Warm up the engine quickly Do not use the engine s full performance until it has reached operating temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery Driving roads You could otherwise damage the drive train H AMG vehicles at low engine oil temperatures below 68 F 20 C the maximum engine speed is restricted in order to protect the engine To protect the engine and maintain smooth engine operation avoid driving at full throttle when the engine is cold SmartKey 0 To remove the SmartKey Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to position P 1 Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all co
68. You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 295 gt Switch the ignition back on The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Z WARNING If objects are located above the detection range Parking Guidance may provide steering instructions too soon You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If objects are located above the detection range stop and switch off Parking Assist H Pay particular attention to low objects or objects with flat surfaces such as trailer drawbars posts cross beams and curbs These types of objects cannot be detected by Parking Guidance and may damage the vehicle When PARKTRONIC is deactivated Parking Guidance is also unavailable Use Parking Guidance for parking spaces e that are parallel to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road i e n
69. a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 300 The folding wheel chock is an additional safety measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel Mounting a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate 2 gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the openings in base plate P40 10 5962 31 Securing the vehicle on level ground gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change m Wheels and tires P40 10 5963 31 Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle ZA WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle The base of the b gt LL Wheels and tires Mounting a wheel jack must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle The following must be observed when raising the vehicle e to raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incorrectly the jack could tip over with the veh
70. accident Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock H Keep the SmartKey away from strong magnetic fields Otherwise the remote control function could be affected Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations e Do not keep the KEYLESS GO key with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of the SmartKey The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2451 31 To lock the vehicle To unlock the trunk lid w To unlock the vehicle The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer gt page 216 You can also set an audible signal to confirm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deactivated using the on board computer gt page 217 gt To unlock centrally press the a button If you do not open the vehicle within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking e the vehicle is locked again e the theft deterrent locking system is armed again gt To lock centrall
71. after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after cleaning Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored H if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the following or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that the automatic transmission is in position N when washing your vehicle in a tow through car wash The vehicle could be damaged if the transmission is in another position H Make sure that e the
72. amp SRS 255 40 Front fog lamps 115 4 Check Engine 256 W Reserve fuel 256 Q Tire pressure monitor 260 Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel At a glance E Function Page Function Page Multifunction display 206 AP Audio COMAND display Selesis a menu 20 see the separate operating A Y instructions Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists 205 Ma OK pees o wee Confirms your selection 205 separate operaie Hides display messages 222 instructions fs Back 205 Rejects or ends a call Zale Switches off the Voice Exits phone book redial Control System see the memory separate operating Ce instructions Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial memory Adjusts the volume x Mute Center console Center console Center console upper section At a glance Function Page Function Page Audio system COMAND A Hazard warning see the separate operating lamps 117 instructions 6 amp ks Indicator lamp 47 Audio system COMAND rane see the separate operating Roller sunblind in the instructions rear window 269 R7 Seat heating 104 sport Dynamic driving aH package with sports mode 181 A Seat ventilation 105 g AMG vehicles ESP 69 m PARKTRONIC 185
73. and features gt Connect a suitable device mbrace Shortly after successfully registering with the a service a user ID and password will be sent General notes to you by post You must have a license agreement to USA only you can use this password to log activate the mbrace service Make sure that onto the mbrace area under Owners Online your system is activated and operational To at http www mbusa com log in press the i MB Info call button If The system is available if any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hotlines e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Customer Center e a service subscription is available e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance the starter battery is sufficiently charged Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 Determining the location of the vehicle on or 1 866 990 9007 a map is only possible if e Canada Customer Service at e GPS reception is available 1 888 923 8367 e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center le Stowage and features The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the multifunction steering wheel or
74. and provisionally Matte finish care If your vehicle has a clear matte finish observe the following instructions in order to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect care These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable materials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing or polishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable surface damage shiny spotted areas Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of recommended and approved Mercedes Benz care products Cleaning the windows Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshie
75. and severity of an accident if e in the event of a head on or rear end collision the vehicle decelerates or accelerates rapidly in a longitudinal direction during the initial stages of the impact e in the event of a side impact the vehicle decelerates or accelerates rapidly in a lateral direction on the side opposite the impact If the ETDs are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released generally does not constitute a health hazard and does not indicate that there is a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so You can also open the window to allow fresh air to enter the vehicle interior The amp SRS warning lamp lights up If the seat belt is also equipped with a seat belt force limiter and this is triggered the Children in the vehicle force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle Always read and follow the manufacturer s occupant is reduced instructions when using an infant or child The seat belt force limiters for the front seats restraint system or booster seat are synchronized with the front air bags Observe all warning signs in the vehicle which take ona part of the deceleration force interior a
76. at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e independently of the use of the seat belt e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Side impact air bags will not deploy in side impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds for lateral acceleration deceleration You will then be protected by the fastened seat belt The side impact air bag on the front passenger side is not deployed in the following situations e OCS has detected that the front passenger seat is unoccupied e the front passenger seat belt is not fastened A Oo Ee N Occupant safety The side impact air bag on the front passenger side will deploy if the front passenger seat belt is fastened regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Pelvis air bags Pelvis air bags are not available for AMG vehicles Z WARNING Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using seat covers or other seat coverings can cause a malfunction of the side impact air bags and or the pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Pelvis air bag deployment enhances the level of protection of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs the outer seat cushions They are deployed e on the side on w
77. automatic locking feature see gt page 83 Activating deactivating the acoustic locking verification signal If you switch on the Acoustic Lock function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehicle gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Acoustic Lock function If the Acoustic Lock function is activated the symbol in the multifunction display lights up orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting E On board computer and displays Lael On board computer and displays Menus and submenus Activating deactivating the radar sensor system gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to select Radar Sensor See Oper Manual You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to save the setting The following systems are switched off when the radar sensor system is dea
78. automatically deactivated if e you engage the parking brake e you are driving slower than 15 mph 25 km h and there is no vehicle in front or if the vehicle in front is no longer detected ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e the transmission is in the P R or N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door or one of the rear doors is open e the vehicle has skidded If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds If the vehicle has been stopped by DISTRONIC PLUS and a malfunction occurs in the system the Brake Immediately message appears in the multifunction display Depress the brake pedal immediately so that the vehicle does not roll away DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated and the message disappears Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS General notes The following contains descriptions of certain road and traffic conditions in which you must be particularly attentive In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Cornering going into and coming out of a bend P54 70 2424 31 The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehicles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line P54 70 2425 31 DISTRONIC PLUS may no
79. brakes your vehicle with up to 40 of the maximum braking force If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action H if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the following or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions DISTRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accelerating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a different line In particular the detection of obstacles can
80. by the flashing of red warning lamp Q There are no further warning tones Course correcting brake application A WARNING A course correcting brake application cannot always prevent a collision There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warns you or makes a course correcting brake application Always maintain a safe distance at the sides In very rare cases the system may make an inappropriate brake application An inappropriate brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction or accelerate If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a lateral collision in the monitoring range a course correcting brake application is carried out This is meant to assist you in avoiding a collision The course correcting brake application is available in the speed range between 20 mph 30 km h and 120 mph 200 km h If a course correcting brake application occurs red warning lamp flashes in the exterior mirror and the following is shown in the multifunction display for example Either a very slight course correcting brake application or none at all may occur if e there are vehicles or obstacles e g crash barriers located on both sides of your vehicle e a vehicle approaches you too closely at the side e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds e you Clearly brake o
81. cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e You may only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Jump starting may only be performed from batteries with a nominal voltage of 12 V Jump starting e Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables are not damaged e bare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal parts while the jumper cables are connected to the battery e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts such as the V belt pulley or the fan These parts move when the engine is started and while it is running gt Apply the parking brake firmly gt Move the selector lever to position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device
82. cannot be closed and you cannot see the cause Sliding sunroof Z WARNING If you close the sliding sunroof again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the sliding sunroof closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and then reopens slightly gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment feature H f the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop
83. child seat manufacturer s instructions A o q A o ee N Occupant safety Z WARNING Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening seat belts Z WARNING According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seat whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see the Children in the vehicle section A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint gt Adjust the seat and move the backrest to an almost vertical position gt page 98 gt Pull the seat belt smoothly through belt sash guide Q gt Without twisting it guide the shoulder section of the seat belt across the middle of your shoulder and the lap section across yo
84. damage caused by inadequate care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop gt Remove dirt immediately where possible while avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork If water no longer forms beads on the paint surface use the paint care products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on the climate conditions and the care product used If the dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the paintwork has become dull then the paintwork should be cleaned Use the cleaning product Paint Cleaner which has been approved by Mercedes Benz a Maintenance and care Lal Maintenance and care Care Do not use these care products in the sun or on the hood while the hood is hot gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to the paintwork quickly
85. defroster and gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the footwell vents ignition lock gt page 147 sz Directs air through the defroster gt To increase reduce the temperature in center side and footwell vents the front turn control or clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 134 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C gt To increase reduce the temperature in the rear compartment using the front control panel press the zone button The indicator lamp in the zone button goes out Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed when the controls on the side air vents are turned downwards 7 Canada only 8 Canada only Operating the climate control systems Adjusting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt Press the button repeatedly until the desired symbol appears in the display The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic control is deactivated and the air distribution is controlled according to the selected setting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt To increase reduce press the or button You can use 3 zone automatic climate control to set the airflow in the rea
86. depress the brake Depending on the specified minimum distance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever You will see a warning message in the multifunction display if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off e the hood is opened Shift to P Driving systems gt Shift the transmission to position P to prevent the vehicle from rolling away DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated The warning message in the multifunction display disappears The horn will also sound at regular intervals if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and you e switch the engine off open the driver s door and remove your seat belt e open the hood The sounding of the horn alerts you to the fact that the vehicle has been parked while DISTRONIC PLUS is still activated The sound becomes louder if you attempt to lock the vehicle The vehicle is not locked until DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Ifthe engine has been switched off it cannot be started again until DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated If DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and a malfunction occurs in the system or if there is a disruption in the voltage supply the Brake Immediately message is shown in the multifunction display Depress the brake firmly immediately unt
87. display Digital speedometer Gear indicator If you have switched the Auto Mirror Upshift indicator Folding function on and you fold the exterior mirrors in using the button on the door gt Press the OK button to save the setting Engine oil temperature gt page 108 they will not fold out Coolant temperature automatically The exterior mirrors can then Upshift indicator UP indicates that the only be folded out using the button on the engine has reached the overrewving range door when in the manual gearshift program Upshift indicator UP fades out other messages until you have shifted up gt Press the lt or gt button on the If the engine oil temperature is below 176 F steering wheel to select the Sett menu 80 C the oil temperature is shown in blue gt Press the W or a amp button to select the Avoid driving at full engine output during this Restoring the factory settings E On board computer and displays Factory Setting submenu time gt Press OK to confirm SETUP The Reset All Settings message n SIO appears SETUP shows the drive program the ESP gt Press the W or A button to select Electronic Stability Program mode and the No or Yes SPORT handling mode gt Press the OK button to confirm the gt Press _ lt or gt on the
88. e g MB Freigabe 229 51 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 51 Other designations or recommendations indicate a level of quality or a specification in accordance with an MB Sheet number e g MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explosion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance without delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assistance without delay Do not induce vomiting e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Tank capacity Model Total capacity All models 17 4 US gal 66 0 I Model Of which reserve C 63 AMG Approx 3 7 US gal 14 0 I All other models Approx 2 1 US gal 8 0 I Service products and fil
89. earnen a 69 Warning lampien SRS see SRS Supplemental Restraint System SRS Supplemental Restraint System Display message s e MErodUGTON eis ccavecseusteeesesctasdascianssese Warning lamp eeeeseeeseeereees Warning lamp function Standing lamps 215 Changing bulbs sser 123 Display message s e 231 Switching On Off s issssssoesriisssisicsss 116 Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine eee 149 Steering display message 246 Steering wheel Adjusting electrically Adjusting manually Button overview scccceessreeeeeeeeees Buttons on board computer GleaniNg acc sviciecctaaviadseosstentevetaveness Important safety notes Paddle Shifters serseri Storing settings memory function 110 Steering wheel paddle shifters 157 Stopwatch RACETIMER 220 Stowage areas ceceeeeee 262 Stowage compartments Armrest Under easken 263 Cup holders ca c sscceseencecsteacstisngescses 267 Eyeglasses compartment a 263 GIOVE DOX isi ccescssnehshdsdeccstierassseeteseene 263 Important safety information 262 REAM E A EEE ER EE Stowage MEt secssecesscstassceccsssesecesteeees Under driver s seat front passenger seat Stowage net leee Stowage well beneath the trunk POOP PATE E E E T A EEE 266 Summer opening see Convenience opening feature Summer tires 2 eeaeee 316 SU
90. ere 350 Identification plates 350 Service products and filling capaci THES 5 E E re ee eee eae 351 Vehicle data 3 03 oon neces 358 es i Technical data E Technical data Identification plates Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Information regarding technical data The data stated here specifically refers to a vehicle with standard equipment Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission Systems Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State warranty enforcement la
91. hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above E On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop O EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction Inoperative See BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed E On board computer and displays Operator s Manual In addition the amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z W
92. if BAS PLUS demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger Driving safety systems protection measures PRE SAFE are activated simultaneously gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking BAS PLUS is deactivated and the brakes function as usual again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer a risk of collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle General notes Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 ETS 4ETS traction control is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels individually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is transferred to the wheel or whee
93. independently of the use of the seat belt e independently of the front air bags Window curtain air bags Q will not deploy in the event of impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds for vehicle acceleration deceleration You will then be protected by the fastened seat belt Occupant Classification System OCS How the Occupant Classification System works The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant on the front passenger seat using a weight sensor The front passenger front air bag is deactivated automatically for certain weight categories The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp shows you the current status If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the passenger air bag is disabled The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in a position that is as upright as possible with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet on the floor The OCS weight sensor reading is affected if the occupant s weight is transferred e g by leaning on the armrest If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion are damaged have the necessary repair work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommend
94. latest when PARKTRONIC sounds the continuous warning tone The Parking Guidance Finished message appears in the multifunction display and a tone sounds You may be asked to steer in a different direction and then change gear In this case further displays in the multifunction display will direct you to the final position gt Maneuver if necessary gt Always observe the warning messages displayed by PARKTRONIC gt page 186 Canceling Parking Guidance gt Press the PARKTRONIC button on the center console gt page 187 Parking Guidance is canceled immediately and PARKTRONIC is deactivated Parking Guidance is canceled automatically if it is no longer possible to guide you into the parking space or if a malfunction occurs The parking space symbol goes out and a warning tone sounds The Parking Guidance Canceled message appears in the multifunction display General notes P54 00 2806 31 Rear view camera Rear view camera 1 is an optical parking and maneuvering aid It shows the area behind your vehicle in the COMAND display The rear view camera is located in the handle strip of the trunk lid Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in
95. left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective us gt ee ep 7 ed Feer lert Visit a qualified specialist workshop Turn SignalorCheck Rear Right Turn Signal Display messages W Check Front Left Turn SignalorCheck Front Right Turn Signal W Check Left Mirror Turn SignalorCheck Right Mirror Turn Signal W Check Center Brake Lamp W Check Left Tail and Brake LampsorCheck Right Tail and Brake Lamps W Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam Eog Check Left Fog Lamp or Check Right Fog Lamp Rear Fog Lamp Check Front Left Parking Lamp or Check Front Right Parking Lamp Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 121 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 121 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand front fog lamp is defective
96. may otherwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle maintenance work must be carried out more frequently for example e regular city driving with frequent intermediate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long periods Under these or similar conditions have for example the air filter engine oil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Engine compartment Engine compartment Important safety notes
97. occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehicle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressure The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard contains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recommended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions E Wheels and tires Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment This is the combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted LL Wheels and tires Definition of terms for tires and loading The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s
98. off After this time the remote closing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be closed remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display USA only alternatively the vehicle can be locked via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g iPhone Blackberry To do this you will need your identification number and password The vehicle remote closing feature is available when the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center together with your PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center contacts you and the local law enforcement agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of the vehicle if the anti theft al
99. offset 1 85 in 47 mm RA 245 40 R17 91 W B 8 J 17 F2 MOExtended 15 Wheel offset 2 28 in 58 mm FA 225 40 R18 92 Y XL TD E E A O e E Wheel offset 1 85 in 47 mm RA 255 35 R18 94 Y XIN 8 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm FA 225 40 R18 92 Y XL 8 0 x 18 H2 e o e Wheel offset 1 97 in 50 mm 8 RA 255 35 R18 94 Y XL 8 5 x 18 H2 5 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm FA 225 40 ZR18 92 Y XL 8 0 x 18 H2 O E Wheel offset 1 97 in 50 mm RA 255 35 ZR18 94 Y XL 5 8 5 Jx 18 H2 2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm S FA 235 40 ZR18 95 Y XL 8 0 J x 18 H2 H E Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm RA 255 35 ZR18 94 Y XL 9 0 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm FA 235 35 ZR19 XL 8 0 x 19 H2 aa Ee Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm ROS 255 30 ZR19 XL 9 0 x 19 H2 13 MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics only in conjunction with an activated tire pressure loss warning system or tire pressure monitor 14 Not in conjunction with sports suspension code 486 dynamic handling package code 483 and Sports package code 950 952 15 Use of snow chains is not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section All weather tires BA 205 55 R16 91 H M S 6 BA 225 45 R17 91 HM S 4 FA 225 45 R17 91 H M S RA 245 40 R17 91 HM S 9 Winter tires BA 205 55 R16 91H M S A BA 225 45 R17 91H M S A BA 225 45 R1791 H M S 4 MOExtended BA 225 40 R18 92 V XL M S A BA 235 40 R18 95 V XL M S A 15
100. operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener persons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is Features within the range of movement of the garage door A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces without sufficient ventilation The HomeLink garage door opener integrated in the rear view mirror allows you to operate up to three different door and gate systems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage door opener If you have difficulty programming the integrated garage door opener contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following telephone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink
101. or tires are damaged If you suspect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Otherwise the tires Operation turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface e All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems e Regularly check the pressure of all the tires including the emergency spare wheel or the spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as necessary gt page 318 Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel gt page 346 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors particularly the sidewalls may be damaged Z WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pre
102. parentheses Example 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y Speed rating Y indicates that the maximum speed of the tire is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All weather tires and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S 2 up to 118 mph 190 km h H M S 2 up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S 2 up to 149 mph 240 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the 4 snowflake symbol on the tire wall Tires with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding snow traction and were specially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding the following speeds e all vehicles except AMG vehicles 130 mph 210 km h e AMG vehicles 155 mph 250 km h e AMG vehicles with increased top speed 174 mph 280 km h The speed rating of tires mounted at the factory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating for your vehicle as specified in the tires section gt page 342 e g if you buy new tires E Wheels and tires 334 l Wheels and tires Tire labeling Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specia
103. position D R or N e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Activating the HOLD function gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until Ho o appears in the multifunction display The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal If depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automatically if e you accelerate and the transmission is in position D or R e the transmission is in position P e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until HoLD disappears from the multifunction display e you activate DISTRONIC PLUS You will see a warning message in the multifunction display if the HOLD function is activated and Driving systems e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is automatically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the hood is opened Shift to P gt Shift the transmission to position P to prevent the vehicle from rolling away The HOLD function is deactivated The warning message in the multifunction display disappears The horn will also sound at regular intervals if the HOLD function is activated and you e switch the engine off open the dr
104. position of the accelerator pedal e the road speed AMG vehicles When shifting down the double clutch function is active regardless of the currently selected drive program The double clutch function reduces load change reactions and is conducive to a sporty driving style The sound generated by the double clutch function depends on the drive program selected Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached The automatic transmission shifts back up General notes The program selector button allows you to choose between different driving characteristics Example program selector button E Economy Comfortable economical driving S Sport Sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 157 Only change from automatic drive program E or S to manual drive program M when the vehicle is stationary gt Press program selector button repeatedly until the letter for the desired drive program appears in the multifunction display Automatic transmission When the engine is started the automatic RS cannot be selected during normal transmission always switches to automatic driving For further information on RAC
105. power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sunroof The sliding sunroof is equipped with an automatic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during Opening and closing E Opening and closing ka Sliding sunroof the closing process the sliding sunroof opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the sliding sunroof N WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fingers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the sliding sunroof again manually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these situations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Opening and closing You can continue to operate the sliding sunroof after switching off the engine or removing the SmartKey from the ignition lock This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door Overhead control panel To
106. press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q In the auto position the high beam headlamps are only switched on when it is dark and the engine is running The 2D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam headlamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The 2D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow G Exterior lighting The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if e an air bag is deployed e the vehicle is slowed down rapidly from a speed of over 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a halt gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If y
107. released ESP must be active but not intervening e the transmission must be in position D e the hood must be closed e the driver s door must be closed when you shift from P to D or your seat belt must be fastened e the front passenger door and rear doors must be closed e the vehicle must not skid Activating while driving When driving at speeds below 20 mph 30 km h you can only activate DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle in front has been detected Driving systems iz Driving and parking and is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle in front is no longer detected and displayed DISTRONIC PLUS switches off and a tone sounds gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or press it up or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected gt Press the cruise control lever repeatedly up or down until the desired speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Override message appears in the multifunction display The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you determine by the position of the accelerator pedal Activating when driving towards a stationary vehicle If the vehicle in front of you is stationary you can on
108. s Manual electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mirrors When the causes stated above no longer apply the display message disappears Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Clean the sensors gt page 295 gt Restart the engine Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is defective Inoperative orActiV The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior e Blind Spot mirrors Assist Inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Parking Guidance Parking Guidance is malfunctioning gt page 188 Inoperative gt Restart the engine If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Parking Guidance Canceled Parking Guidance Finished DISTRONIC PLUS Off DISTRONIC PLUS Now Available Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Parking Guidance is deactivated Possible causes are e the vehicle is skidding e the sensors are dirty e a malfunction has occurred A warning tone also sounds gt
109. set the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this function you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 179 Make sure that you maintain a sufficient distance to the vehicle in front and comply with the minimum distance as required by law Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary gt To increase turn control 2 in direction DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front gt To decrease turn control in direction Q DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the speedometer When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 in the set speed range light up For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC PLUS If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front segments 2 between speed of the vehicle in front Q and stored speed light up DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the multifunction display General notes In the Assistance menu gt page 213 of the on board computer you can select the assistance display Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt Select the Assist Graphic f
110. side The speed rating is part of the tire identification It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants luggage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occupants fuel luggage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side The maximum weight is the sum of the curb weight of the vehicle the weight of the accessories the total load limit and the weight of the optional equipment installed at the factory Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corresponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capacity more precisely The weight of a vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air conditioning system and optiona
111. specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety relevant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addition strategically located parts delivery centers provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification number VIN gt page 350 when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety releva
112. symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 314 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire characteristics Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire ply composition and material used Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the United States Department of Transportation Normal
113. system may make an inappropriate brake application e g after intentionally driving over a solid lane marking There is a risk of an accident An inappropriate brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction Always make sure that there is sufficient distance on the side for other traffic or obstacles If you leave your lane under certain circumstances the vehicle will brake briefly on one side This is meant to assist you in bringing the vehicle back to the original lane This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A lane correcting brake application can only be made after driving over a solid recognizable lane marking Before this a warning must be given by means of intermittent vibration in the steering wheel In addition a lane with lane markings on both sides must be recognized The brake application also slightly reduces vehicle speed If a lane correcting brake application occurs the following for example appears in the multifunction display A further lane correcting brake application can only occur after your vehicle has returned to the original lane No lane correcting brake application occurs if e you clearly and actively steer brake or accelerate e you cut the corner on a sharp bend e you switch on the turn signals e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind
114. temperature is below 248 F 120 C Otherwise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt If the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C Display messages BE Check Engine 0i1 At Next Refueling Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is not being charged A warning tone also sounds Possible causes are e a defective alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Open the hood gt Check whether the poly V belt is torn If the poly V belt is torn H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the poly V belt is not damaged gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level A warning tone also sounds gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 289 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 289 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usua
115. the plastic trim Z WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deployment There is a risk of injury Do not use any care products and cleaning agents to clean the cockpit H Do not affix the following to plastic surfaces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim elements H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners polishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth i
116. the side windows e open the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the g button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are in the desired position If the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed the roller sunblinds are opened first gt Press and hold the g button again until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the desired position gt To interrupt convenience opening release the g button Side windows General notes When you lock the vehicle you can simultaneously e close the side windows e close the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel you can then close the roller sunblinds A WARNING When the convenience closing feature is operating parts of the body could become trapped in the closing area of the side window and the sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is operating Make sure that no b
117. their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles driving at the inner edge of their lanes i Driving and parking Driving systems Driving and parking Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driving close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks The two radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors The sensors must not be covered for example by cycle racks or overhanging loads Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the bumpers have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may otherwise not work properly Indicator and warning display Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Yellow indicator lamp red warning lamp When Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yellow at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indicator lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp on the correspo
118. this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you Steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend 4 Driving and parking Useful information 0006 204 Important safety notes 204 Displays and operation 204 Menus and submenus 207 Display messages eeeeeeeeee 222 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster eee 248 i On board computer and displays La On board computer and displays Displays and operation Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Important safety notes ZA WARNING If you operate information systems and communication equipment integrated in the vehicle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There i
119. to change lane you will also receive an optical and audible warning If a risk of lateral collision is detected corrective braking may help you avoid a collision To support the course correcting brake application Active Blind Spot Assist uses the forward facing radar sensor system The free space is then evaluated in the direction of travel and to the side before a course correcting brake application is initiated Active Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h For Active Blind Spot Assist to assist you when driving the radar sensor system must be operational Important safety notes Active Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It does not detect all traffic situations and road users and is no substitute for attentive driving Always ensure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other road users and obstacles Z WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Active Blind Spot Assist may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions carefully and maintain a safe lateral distance USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automot
120. to take advantage of the engine braking effect and helps avoid overheating and excessive wear of the brakes When you take advantage of the engine braking effect a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g on a slippery road surface This could cause damage to the drive train This type of damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Heavy and light loads Z WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time H Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately Drive on for a short while This allows the airflow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reaction from the brakes when braking for the first time This may also occur after the vehicle has been washed You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehicle washed brake firmly while paying attention to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs
121. to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjusting the pressure of the cold tires gt page 325 The current pressures are saved as new reference values As a result a warning message will appear if the tire pressure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 318 E Wheels and tires he Wheels and tires Tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warning lamp in the instrument cluster for indicating a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indicates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is significantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the warning lamp a message appears in the multifunction display Further information can be found on gt page 242 If the
122. to the vehicle detected in front DISTRONIC PLUS brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must select shift range 1 2 or 3 in good time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a slower moving vehicle in front your vehicle is braked in order to maintain the preset distance to the vehicle in front A WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationary obstacles on the road e g stopped or parked vehicles e oncoming and crossing traffic As a result DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly identify other road users and complex traffic situations b gt E Driving and parking El Driving and parking Driving systems In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warned to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS
123. traffic and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving A WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Emission control WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces without sufficient ventilation Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason all work on the engine must be carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all Driving tips specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet ECO display The ECO display gives you information on how economical your d
124. upon the brightness of the ambient light The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction display In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are not illuminated Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is overheated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department The coolant temperature gauge is in the instrument cluster on the left hand side Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C H A display message is shown if the coolant temperature is too high If the coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged Fy On board computer and displays The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrewving range H Do not drive in the overrewving range as this could damage the engine The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around freezing point The outside temperature display is in the multifunction displa
125. used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Otherwise the climate control system may be damaged E Technical data Technical data AVZ Cod e ELT Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control system carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Refrigerant instruction label 2 Ost R 134a 550 10g watt A 001 989 08 03 PAG A244817 15 POO 10 5282 31 DAIMLER AG Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable SAE standards PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant Warning symbols Q indicate e possible dangers e that it is necessary to have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Missing values were not available at time of going to print All models Capacity Refrigerant 20 8 0 4 oz 590 10 g PAG oil 4 2 oz 120 g MAER ELE Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload P72 20 3152 31 69 2 in 1757 mm All mod
126. vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum Check Washer Fluid gt Add washer fluid gt page 291 Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey w 7 Q ey Does Not elong to Vehicle The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey ake el Key from gnitio The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop SI btain a New Key The batteries of the KEYLESS GO key are discharged gt Change the batteries gt page 79 ps eplace Key Battery Display messages Don t Forget Your Key Key Not Detected red display message Key Not Detected white display message Key Detected in Vehicle Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The display message is shown for a maximum of 60 seconds and is only a reminder You have opened the driver s door with the engine switched off The KEYLESS GO key is not in the ignition lock gt Remember to take the KEYLESS GO key with you when you leave the vehicle The KEYLESS GO key is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds If the engine is switched off you can
127. warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Booklet with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The service advisor will record
128. when moving at low speed gt Shift the transmission to position N For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 317 The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temperature are displayed after a short delay Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The vehicle could skid if you fail to adapt your driving style Always adapt your driving style and drive at a speed to suit the prevailing weather conditions You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around freezing point Driving systems Important safety notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must select shift range 1 2 or 3 in good time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic conditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can E Driving and parking Driving and
129. where the vehicle is registered This prevents glare to oncoming traffic When using symmetrical lights the edge of the road is not lit as widely and as far ahead as normal Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries Conversion to asymmetrical low beam after returning Have the headlamps converted back to asymmetrical low beam headlamps at a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible after crossing the border again Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 116 e the on board computer gt page 2 16 Light switch Operation A Pe lt i w Left hand standing lamps 1 P 2 Pe Right hand standing lamps 3 500 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode controlled by the light sensor 5 2 Low beam high beam headlamps OL Rear fog lamp 40_ Fog lamp only vehicles with front fog lamps If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to AUTO The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0
130. you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual The air bag installation locations are identified by the AIR BAG symbol The air bags are deployed if the air bag control unit detects the need for deployment Only in the event of such a situation will the air bags provide their supplemental protection If the driver and front passenger do not wear their seat belts it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In the event of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds the air bags will not deploy The driver and passenger will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags provide additional protection they are not however a substitute for seat belts All vehicle occupants must fasten their seat belts regardless of whether your vehicle is equipped with air bags or not It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash A Qa Occupant safety After an air bag has been deployed have the vehicle towed to the nearest qualified
131. your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjustment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment system Z WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat j Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjusted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints installed Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if the bac
132. your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 327 Step 1 Combined maximum weight of occupants and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Step 2 Number of people in the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the occupants Weight of the occupants Gross weight of all occupants Example 1 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 1 5 Front 2 Rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 680 kg 680 kg Example 2 Example 3 3 1 Front 1 Front 1 Rear 2 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 200 Ibs 91 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 150 Ibs 68 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Maximum load rating Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible load and 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs trailer load 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg noseweight 750 Ibs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg maximum 750lbs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs permissible load 340 kg 435 kg 612 kg rating from the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occupants The higher the weight of all the occupants the smaller the maximum load for luggage Further information can be found under Towing a trailer gt page 329 Even if you h
133. 100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic converter e the fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause engine damage Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accident Always have the prescribed service maintenance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake
134. 12 REGIANING nesnice tinea 212 Rejecting ending a call 212 Temperature Coolants coe eee 204 Coolant on board computer 219 Engine oil on board computer 219 Outside temperature eee 205 Setting climate control 138 Theft deterrent systems ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 73 MIMODIIZER snoeien 72 Through loading feature 264 Time see separate operating instructions Timing RACETIMER 000 220 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 322 Checking manually sesse 321 Display MESSAZE 0 0 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 242 Important safety notes 0 0 0 322 MaXIMUM ors ccteasesccecbesedexcstvetenesaestse 320 NOTES seran aeree EE ERR 319 Pressure loSS Warning oseese 321 Recommended Tire pressure loss warning system General MOtES soiree iiser 321 Important safety notes oe 321 Restarting sonca i 322 Tire pressure monitoring system Checking the tire pressure electronically cse ceesrscesscersrseres Function notes General NOTES xi c ceceseeaseesesevexstecses Important safety notes 0 0 323 REStANEING sccscesssesseshseesisasesteatsaseees 325 Warning lamp eeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 260 Warning message eere 325 Tires Aspect ratio definition 0 0 337 Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 335 Bar C fINITION sissie sssini 335 Changing a wheel ecese 338 Characte
135. 206 31 gt Specification for maximum permissible load is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load luggage and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the specified value The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustration are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard SEATING CAPACITY ONT MOOIE Momeae oe maces WAL 7 Rau Maigs ra commned unajo of ocaimpenta and barge hanid newer sasan La pee ike de sagana c o changam vo tt mtb pam REAR 3 apmene 2 yor joy MS agou OO a i RMATION LE MANUE P40 00 2207 31 Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s
136. 64 gt Do not add brake fluid Topping up will not remedy the malfunction gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ABS Anti lock Brake System is deactivated due to a malfunction BAS Brake Assist BAS PLUS ESP Electronic Stability Program PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are therefore also deactivated for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission will not be available Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS is temporarily unav
137. 8 indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if the impact exceeds a predetermined triggering threshold e independent of the side impact air bag or pelvis air bag If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS Z WARNING According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and Top Tether strap or lower anchors and Top Tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Childre
138. ARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately USA You are driving with the parking brake applied A warning tone also sounds only Canada gt Release the parking brake only Please Release Parking Brake Display messages snarl only Canada only Brake Immediately BRAKE USA only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Check Brake Pad Wear SOS Inoperative PRE SAFE Inoperative See Operator s Manual Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A malfunction has occurred while the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is active A tone may also sound at regular intervals If you attempt to lock the vehicle the tone becomes louder You cannot start the engine gt Paying attention to the traffic situation immediately depress the brake pedal firmly and hold until the display message disappears gt Use the folding wheel chock gt page 339 from the vehicle tool kit to secure the ve
139. ARNING If the weight of the vehicle to be towed or tow started is greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle e the towing eye could detach itself e the vehicle trailer combination could rollover There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle Information on your vehicle s gross vehicle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 350 H if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the following or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the entire vehicle must be raised and transported H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Do not use the towing eyes for recovery purposes as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H On vehicle
140. Automatic headlamp mode Z WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to Z The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected according to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather conditions such as fog snow or spray e SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e With the engine running if you have activated the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps and parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light AUTO gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to auto Only for Canada The daytime running lamps improve the visibility of your vehicle during the day The daytime running lamps function is required by law in Canada It cannot therefore be deactivated When the engine is running and the vehicle is
141. Breakdown assistance The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Move the selector lever to N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake gt Move the selector lever to position P gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Secure the vehicle H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission If the vehicle has transmission damage or damage to the front or rear axle have it transported on a transporter or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical system If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 306 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be started by tow starting This could otherwise damage the transmission You can find information on Jump start
142. Californian emissions standards Engine number stamped into the crankcase VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and filling capacities Important safety notes A WARNING Service products may be poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Fa Technical data E Technical data Service products and filling capacities Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environmentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service fluids Components and service products must be matched You should therefore only use products that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information about tested and approved products can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscription on the containers e MB Freigabe
143. Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed gt Close the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a lack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt If necessary take a break During long journeys take regular breaks in good time so you get enough rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Off Radar Sensors Deactivated See Operator s Manual Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual or Active Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative or Activ e Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The HOLD function is deactivated the vehicle is skidding A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page 182 The HOLD function is deactivated When the brake pedal is firmly depressed an activation condition is not fulfilled A warning tone also sounds gt Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function gt page 182 The radar sensor system is deactivated gt Switch on the radar sensor system gt page 218 La
144. E drive program E drive program C in AMG START see gt page 183 vehicles AMG vehicles E Driving and parking Drive program selector with manual drive program Left hand steering wheel paddle shifter Right hand steering wheel paddle shifter C Controlled Comfortable economical Efficiency driving In the automatic drive program you can T restrict or derestrict the shift range by using S Sport Sporty driving style the steering wheel paddle shifters S SportPlus Extremely sporty driving gt page 158 style In the manual drive program you can change gear using the steering wheel paddle shifters M Manual Manual gear shifting or the selector lever gt page 159 RS RACE Optimal vehicle You can only change gear with the START acceleration from a steering wheel paddle shifters when the standstill transmission is in position D For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 157 Automatic drive program Only change from automatic drive program C Drive program E drive program C on MAG S or S to manual drive program M when the vehicles is characterized by the following vehicle is stationary e comfort oriented engine and automatic gt Turn drive program selector until the transmission settings desired drive program appears in the i optimal fuel consumption resulting from multifunction display in the speedometer the automatic transmission shifting up The drive program indicato
145. ETIMER gt Press OK to confirm Reset Reset Race Timer appears in the multifunction display gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the lap evaluation is shown Each lap is shown in a separate submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing symbol oan gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm A e 150 All laps are deleted 13 miles E On board computer and displays Overall statistics P This function is shown if you have stored at Lap time least one lap and stopped the RACETIMER Average lap speed gt Press lt or P onthe steering wheel Lap length to select the AMG menu Top speed during lap gt Press the A button repeatedly until the press the A or W button to select a overall evaluation is shown different lap evaluation AE RT 01 01 5309 _O O65mph 60 mph 3 a9 Oe RACETIMER overall evaluation Total time driven Average speed Distance covered Maximum speed Ls On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may therefore differ
146. FA 235 40R18 95 V XL M S A RA 255 35 R18 94 V XL M S A Wheel and tire combinations Alloy wheels AJR 16 lal Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm A J 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 85 in 47 mm We N36 17 2 Wheel offset 1 85 in 47 mm 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 2 28 in 58 mm Alloy wheels 7 0 J x 16 H2 Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm W306 iW 2 Wheel offset 1 85 in 47 mm Hd N36 17 Pe Wheel offset 1 85 in 47 mm 8 0 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm 8 0 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm 8 0 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 77 in 45 mm 9 0 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm 16 C 300 4MATIC not in conjunction with Sports package code 950 952 14 Not in conjunction with sports suspension code 486 dynamic handling package code 483 and Sports package code 950 952 V1 15 Use of snow chains is not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 13 MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics only in conjunction with an activated tire pressure loss warning system or tire pressure monitor V2 V3 Py Wheels and tires Ee Wheels and tires Emergency spare wheel Emergency spare wheel Z WARNING The wheel or tire size as well as the tire type of the spare wheel or emergency spare wheel and the wheel to be replaced may differ Mounting an emergency spare wheel may severely impair the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situ
147. Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again before switching on the ignition Cleaning the exterior lighting H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic light lenses gt Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo Or clean the exterior lighting with cleaning cloths Cleaning the mirror turn signals H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo Cleaning cloths may be used as well Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Pa Maintenance and care gt
148. If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnostics connection in the vehicle A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equipment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset for example This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test during the main inspection Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the necessary specialist knowledge tools and Introduction qualifications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety
149. Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise you could damage the drive train or the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC as the ESP system operates automatically the engine and the ignition must be switched off SmartKey in position O or 1 in the ignition lock or Start Stop button in position O or 1 while the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer Braking maneuvers triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC as the ESP system operates automatically the engine and the ignition system must be switched off SmartKey in position O or 1 in the ignition lock or Start Stop button in position O or 1 when e testing the parking brake on a brake dynamometer e you intend to have the vehicle towed with the front axle raised Braking maneuvers triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should test the functionality of your brakes at regular intervals To do so press firmly on the brake pedal when driving at a high speed This improves the grip of the brake pads You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS on gt page 66 or of BAS PLUS on gt page 66 i Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving tips Mercedes Benz recommends that you only have brake pads linings installed on your vehicle which have been approve
150. Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes A WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehicle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or similar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehicle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regulations e g with a warning triangle You must have a license agreement to activate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To register press the i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 General notes An emergency call is dialed
151. N VISOF eienenn anses 268 Surround lighting on board COMPULEM a5 sscecsieiseceessieeesticeaeeetoestess 216 Switching air recirculation mode ON OFF E ETT 141 Switching off the alarm ATA 73 Tachometer ooer 205 Tail lamps Display message eeeeeeetteeeeteeees 231 Tank content FUG SAUSE silane n 31 Technical data Capacities cis ficssseisedscestsecavsieastscecs 351 Emergency spare wheel 347 Information sesen 350 TireS WhEEIS ccceeeeceeeeeeeeseesteneee 342 Vehicle data sisisi ssccsevssceescteeeeeeeecse 358 TELEAID Galli PHONY 24348 oie ra 277 Downloading destinations COMAND issccscesecsseceesseeszelscecdevseeess Downloading routes Emergency call GOO TENCING scrisse Locating a stolen vehicle 279 MB info call button c eeeeees 276 Remote vehicle locking e0 278 Roadside Assistance button 276 Search amp SON s svcssesscscesesscseceesseoves 278 Self test wiih aden leek 274 Speed alert 53 coseedveesesancessoanvervodegse 280 SyS TEM essed erie i r 274 Triggering the vehicle alarm 281 Vehicle remote malfunction CIA SMOSIS aeren E eE RES 279 Vehicle remote unlocking 278 Tele Aid General notes scccccssesteeseeeeeeee 273 Telephone Accepting a Call eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 212 Display message s e 246 Menu on board computer 211 Number from the phone book 2
152. NING USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in the event of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag driver s side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags for the side windows Emergency Tensioning Devices seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver s side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm across your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Occupant safety Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the should
153. No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS e Do not change or remove any component or part of the SRS e Do not install additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag b gt A Qa Occupant safety A oO N cover outer sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These in
154. Observe the notes in the Maintenance Booklet Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifications e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driving your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the Technical Data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with a Mercedes Benz Center or contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Fe
155. Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away e Accelerate less when driving H Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground In wintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and Driving systems audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehi
156. Opening and closing E Steering wheel cceeeeeeees Mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors i Correct driver s seat position Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors ta gt Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjustment gt page 99 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted properly Manual and electrical seat adjustment gt page 100 Electrical seat adjustment gt page 100 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjusted properly When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye leve
157. PORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out gt To deactivate ESP press button Q until the amp ESP OFF warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The JOFF message appears in the multifunction display gt To activate ESP briefly press button 4 The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The ESP ON message appears in the multifunction display Characteristics of activated SPORT handling mode If SPORT handling mode is activated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes ESP only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree When SPORT handling mode is activated ESP only improves driving stability to a limited degree e traction control is still activated e engine torque is only restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting action for better traction on loose surfaces ESP still provides support when you brake Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer improves d
158. Press the lt q or gt Interm Time gt Press OK to confirm The intermediate time is displayed for five seconds button to select Starting a new lap gt Press OK to confirm New Lap Fso 4 60 mor 40 3 L2 00 11 90 BL 00 11 60 Interm Time New Lap 30 RACETIMER Fastest lap time best lap Lap It is possible to store a maximum of sixteen laps The 16th lap can only be completed with Finish Lap Stopping the RACETIMER gt Press the button on the steering wheel to confirm Yes gt Press OK The RACETIMER interrupts timing when you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock If you turn the key to position 2 or 3 and then press OK to confirm Start timing is continued Resetting the current lap gt Stop the RACETIMER gt Press the lt q or gt Reset Lap gt Press OK button to select to reset the lap time to 0 Deleting all laps If you switch off the engine the RACETIMER is reset to 0 after 30 seconds All laps are deleted Menus and submenus You cannot delete individual stored laps If Lap statistics you have stopped 16 laps the current lap does not have tobe reset This function is only available if you have stored at least two laps and have stopped the gt Reset the current lap RAC
159. SSENGER AIR The OCS is malfunctioning BAG OFF indicator gt Make sure that the front passenger is sitting in a correct upright lights up and remains position on A pe Qa gt Have the OCS checked as soon as possible at a qualified The person on the specialist workshop et aes eet seei gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction e has the weight of a display gt page 229 typical adult e has been determined by the system not to be a child Z WARNING If the 3 exe indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated when the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual has been detected on the passenger seat do not allow any occupant to use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The PASSENGER AIR The OCS is malfunctioning BAG OFF indicator gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the lamp does not light up child seat and or stays on gt Make sure that the backrest and base of the child restraint The front passenger system are resting securely on the front passenger seat If seat Is necessary adjust the position of the front passenger seat e unoccupied gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the e occupied with a seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight with the front weight up to that of a passenger seat adj
160. Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs Loading the vehicle 327 gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Refer to this Operator s Manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 329 E Wheels and tires LA Wheels and tires Loading the vehicle Example steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1 500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for
161. To activate deactivate activate or deactivate PRE SAFE Brake in the on board computer gt page 214 If the PRE SAFE Brake is not activated the 3 9 symbol appears in the multifunction display Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h this function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately to defuse the situation or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do So PRE SAFE Brake can also brake the vehicle automatically under the following conditions e the driver and front passenger have their seat belts fastened and e the vehicle speed is between approximately 4 mph 7 km h and 124 mph 200 km h At speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h PRE SAFE Brake can also detect stationary objects Examples of stationary objects are stopped or parked vehicles If there is an increased risk of collision preventive passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated If the risk of collision with the vehicle in front remains and you do not brake take evasive action or accelerate significantly the vehicle may perform automatic emergency braking up to the point of full brake application Automatic emergency braking is not performed until immediately prior to an imminent accident You can prevent the int
162. Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving A WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is overheated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components such as the fan rotation area e keep clothing away from moving parts 4 Maintenance and care I Maintenance and care Engine compartment Z WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection system work under high voltage If you touch components which are under voltage you could
163. adiness when the 8 SRS warning lamp goes out while the engine is running Occupant safety There is a malfunction if e the amp SRS warning lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on e the engine is running and the amp SRS warning lamp does not go out after a few seconds e the engine is running and the amp SRS warning lamp lights up again Safety guidelines for seat belts Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs and air bags Z WARNING e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check your national disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced e Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection e
164. ailable BAS BAS PLUS ESP EBD electronic brake force distribution PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function hill start assist are therefore also deactivated for example Possible causes are e Self diagnosis is not yet complete e The on board voltage may be insufficient ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is a risk of an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop E On board computer and displays Ll On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds erake USA only Canada only al le The red brake warning lamp the yellow
165. ake off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break The assistance graphic shows the orr symbol when ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated gt page 213 General notes The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist gt page 193 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 194 Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the corresponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warning Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper for monitoring purposes For Blind Spot Assist to assist you the radar sensor system must be operational Important safety notes Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving Always ensure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other road users and obstacles Z WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in suc
166. alified specialist workshop For further information about SRS see gt page 41 Display messages A Front Left Malfunction Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required P Rear Left Malfunction Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required A Rear Center Malfunction Service Required P Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions SRS has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster A WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ZA WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury SRS has malfunctioned at the rear on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury
167. an object weighing less than the system s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat A WARNING The air bag may deploy unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Classification System has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 47 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual display messages must not be sh
168. an occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display Features button on the gt To end a call press the EQ multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing e the a button on the multifunction steering wheel e the corresponding button on the audio system or on COMAND for ending a telephone call When a call is initiated the audio system is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is stationary and in a safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Downloading destinations Destination Download gives you access to a data bank with over 15 million Points of Interest POIs These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Al
169. and loading ae e E E 335 Changing a wheel eee 338 Mounting a wheel 0 06 338 Wheel and tire combinations 342 Emergency spare wheel 346 Wheels and tires S Wheels and tires Operation Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Important safety notes ZA WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an accident Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model WARNING A flat tire severely impairs the driving steering and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or
170. and installing You should therefore have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting system ABS anti lock braking system or ESP Electronic Stability Program The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuver and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar incident contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 65 and gt page 67 Z WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explosive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatica
171. and protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape Only check the coolant level when the vehicle is ona level surface and the engine has cooled down gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button twice gt page 148 gt Check the coolant temperature display in the instrument cluster The coolant temperature must be below 158 70 C gt Slowly turn cap Q half a turn counter clockwise and allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank If the coolant level is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm above marker bar in the fuel filler neck when warm there is enough coolant in expansion tank 2 gt If necessary add coolant that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 356 Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system headlamp cleaning system Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and
172. and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages Opening and closing the side trim panels You must open the side trim panel in the trunk and remove the first aid kit before you can change the bulbs in the tail lamps Lights and windshield wipers E Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers a gt To open loosen side trim panel Q at the top and fold it down in the direction of the arrow gt To close insert side panel Q Tail lamp gt Switch off the lights gt Open the trunk gt Open the side trim panel gt page 123 Right hand side trim panel gt Remove the tail lamp connector gt Simultaneously press retaining lugs Q in LS the direction of the arrow and slightly pull gt To open turn rotary catch 90 inthe Gut the bulb holder with the bulbs direction of the arrow and remove side trim Left hand side trim panel vehicles with a sound system gt Remove the connector for LED light panel functions from the top of the bulb holder gt To close insert side trim panel andturn p Bull the bulb holder out with the bulbs rotary catch Q 90 in the opposite direction to the arrow Backup Light Brake lamp Lef
173. approximately 176 F 80 C This is the case when the engine oil temperature in the multifunction display stops flashing e SPORT handling mode is activated gt page 69 e the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position e the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is depressed left foot the transmission is in position D Activating RACE START gt Depress the brake pedal with your left foot and keep it depressed gt Turn the drive program selector clockwise gt page 156 until the RS lamp lights up The RACE START Confirm Paddle UP Cancel Paddle DOWN message appears in the multifunction display If the activation conditions are no longer fulfilled RACE START is canceled The multifunction display shows the RACE START Canceled message gt To cancel pull the left steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 157 or gt To confirm pull the right steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 157 The RACE START Available Depress gas pedal message appears in the multifunction display If you do not depress the accelerator pedal fully within two seconds RACE START is canceled The RACE START Not Possible See Operator s Manual message appears in the multifunction display gt Fully depress the accelerator pedal The engine speed rises to approximately 3 500 rpm The RACE START Release brake to start message appears in the multifunction display if you do not release the brake pedal within fiv
174. arate operating instructions Authorized Centers see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshops see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display message 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 232 see Lights Automatic engine start ECO start stop function 00 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function 0 151 Automatic headlamp mode 115 Automatic transmission Automatic drive program s 157 Changing Zear scsi ys ctedeceaeeseeecieres 156 Display message 0 0 eeeeeeteeeeeteeees 244 Driving CIPS corie Sect cesses a 156 Emergency running mode 161 KICKAOWI sinc cciseesseseenerstenussonsestene snes 156 Manual drive program sesse 159 OVEIVICW siccsesecisncctessicacssntsictaateccsien 154 Problem malfunction sses 161 Program selector button 156 Polling AWAY s 32ssedssecedscesinesoscecenecends 150 Releasing the parking lock manualy eetris irei 161 Selector levet osricssssnisiserretiessisisis 154 Shift rang ESen ena 158 Starting the engine eese 149 Steering wheel paddle shifters 157 Transmission position display 155 Transmission positions 0 155 Automatic transmission emergency mode ee eeeeeeeeeeees 161 C Backup lamp Changing Bulbs eiiie 124 Display message eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 232 Bag hoka 3 2 kite isa edi
175. arm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is automatically informed Features Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis With the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis Vehicle Health Check the Customer Assistance center can provide improved support for problems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance center The customer service representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or a recovery vehicle is called If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB Info call or a Roadside Assistance call this is initiated by the Customer Assistance center You will see the Roadside Assistance Connected message in the COMAND display If the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis can be started the Request for vehicle diagnosis received Start vehicle diagnosis message appears in the display gt Confirm the message with Yes gt When the Vehicle Diagnosis Please start ignition message appears turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt When the Please follow the instructions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears follow the customer service representative s instructions The message in the display disappears If you select Cancel
176. around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open The handling characteristics of a laden vehicle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight or the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle including occupants The values are specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as possible and as low down in the trunk as possible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Always place the load behind unoc
177. art message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Now OK message appears in the multifunction display gt Press the A or W button to select Yes gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message appears in the multifunction display After a teach in period the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button or gt If the Tire Pressure Now OK message appears use the A or W button to select Cancel gt Press the OK button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored SS General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehicle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pressure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the corresponding sensors are installed on all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Service menu of the multifunction display or Somme 100 Example current tire pressure display Fo
178. ary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 301 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 322 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure Le On board computer and displays 0 The tire pressure monitor is faulty The yellow tire pressure WARNING monitor warning lamp pressure loss The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire malfunction flashesfor Pressure approximately one There is a risk of an accident minute and then gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction remains lit display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop sainjzeaj pue asemo js Ld ah 262 262 262 267 Loading guidelines 000 Stowage areas 00 0 e e Features onc tector tees Useful information 0006 les Stowage and features Stowage areas Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Loading guidelines A WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung
179. at could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succession indicate an instruction with several steps gt page This symbol tells you where you can find more information about a topic gt D This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Display This font indicates a display in the multifunction display COMAND display Parts of the software in the vehicle are protected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 15 11 2012 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instructions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follo
180. ation chart e Jack e One pair of gloves e Lug wrench e Towing eye Flat tre Preparing the vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with run flat properties gt page 301 Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e a Minispare emergency spare wheel e an emergency spare wheel only for certain countries gt page 346 Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 338 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics have status 0 which is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 148 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Anyone who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier Flat tire gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention
181. ations e adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully e never mount more than one spare wheel or emergency spare wheel that differs in size e only use a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size briefly e do not switch ESP off e have a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size replaced at the nearest qualified specialist workshop Observe that the wheel and tire dimensions as well as the tire type must be correct When using an emergency spare wheel or spare wheel of a different size you must not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Snow chains must not be mounted on emergency spare wheels You should regularly check the pressure of the emergency spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as necessary gt page 318 The applicable value is found on the wheel or under Technical data gt page 342 When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system the tire pressure monitor when the damaged wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with tire pressure monitor after mounting an emergency spare wheel the system may still display the tire pressure of the removed wheel for a few minutes The value displayed for the mounted emergency spare wheel is not the same as
182. attery is working properly if battery check lamp Q lights up briefly Opening and closing E If battery check lamp Q does not light up briefly during the test the battery is discharged If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal reception range of the vehicle pressing the or a button e locks or P80 35 2452 31 e unlocks the vehicle gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your gt Change the battery gt page 79 palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive terminal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is es OOo free from lint grease and all other forms of You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery contamination You can get a battery at a qualified specialist workshop Replacing the battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the gt Insert the front tabs of battery SmartKey gt page 78 compartment cover Q into the housing first and then press to close it gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle SmartKey Opening and closing LJ Problems with the SmartKey Problem You cannot lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO You have lost a SmartKey You have lost the mechanical key
183. automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically triggered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated manually As soon as the emergency call has been initiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display All important information on the emergency is transmitted for example e Current location of the vehicle as determined by the GPS system e Vehicle identification number e Information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been initiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle Features 275 If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant mobile phone network is not available The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes continuously The Call Failed message appea
184. ave calculated the total load carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 326 Permissible gross vehicle weight the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers load and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissible gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight rating the maximum permissible weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehicle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed on a suitable vehicle weighbridge The trailer load noseweight affects the gross weight of the vehicle If a trailer is attached the trailer load noseweight is included in the load along with occupants and luggage The trailer load noseweight is usually approximately 10 of the gross weight of the trailer and its load Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their luggage Mercedes Benz does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle Maximum load rating Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissible load can be found on the vehicle s Tir
185. ay otherwise not work properly Indicator and warning display Active Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated FF ey Yellow indicator lamp red warning lamp When Active Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yellow at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indicator lamp goes out and Active Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp on the corresponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Active Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Visual and acoustic collision warning When you switch on the turn signals to change lanes and a vehicle is detected in the side monitoring range you receive a visual and acoustic collision warning You then hear a double warning tone and red warning lamp flashes If the turn signal remains on detected vehicles are indicated
186. bag oo eee eeeeeeee 45 Window curtain air bag eee 46 Air conditioning system see Climate control AIR FLOW 0 0 ecceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeee 137 Air vents GIOVE DOX secessstvcetsevesdeavavssenseeenasts 143 Important safety notes 142 ROOM csssaesistevseatevesucesesuscatereetecsaueg ede 143 SOLES rere a Aa OEE 142 Setting the center air vents 142 Setting the side air vents 142 Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system AMG menu on board computer 219 Anti lock braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti theft alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system ASINUIAY A ccd ceezalevesdevessse 269 Assistance display on board COMPUTET oreiro 213 Assistance menu on board Computer 00 eee ees ceteeeeeeeeeteeees 213 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 286 Hiding a service message 286 NOTES Serene So eececacotedenererets 286 Resetting the service interval display oenen 286 Service message scsecsseceseseoees 286 Special service requirements 287 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating ee 73 FUNCOM sieisen eer i 73 Switching off the alarm 0 73 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 214 Display message seee 236 Function notes s ssssssssessssesseeseees 192 Audio menu on board COMPUTER 3 cc 5sccs sctsteesssoeeestepexasese 210 Audio system see sep
187. below 25mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or turn the steering wheel e if you are driving at speeds between 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h and turn the steering wheel Not active if you are driving at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h or switch off the turn signals or turn the steering wheel to the straight ahead position The cornering light function may remain lit for a short time but is automatically switched off after no more than three minutes Adaptive Highbeam Assist Important safety notes Z WARNING Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize road users e who have no lights e g pedestrians e who have poor lighting e g cyclists e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist may fail to recognize other road users that have lights or may recognize them too late In this or similar situations the automatic high beam headlamps will not be deactivated or activated regardless There is a risk of an accident Always Carefully observe the traffic conditions and switch off the high beam headlamps in good time Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You are responsible for adjusting the vehicle s lighting to the prevailing light visibility and traffic conditions In particular the detection of obstacles can be restricted if there is e poor visibility e g due to f
188. body parts in the sweep of the steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped e press one of the memory function position buttons or e move the switch for steering wheel adjustment in the opposite direction to that in which the steering wheel is moving The adjustment process is stopped Z WARNING If you drive off while the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is making adjustments you could lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always wait until the adjustment process is complete before driving off The EASY ENTRY EXIT feature makes getting in and out of your vehicle easier You can activate and deactivate the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature in the on board computer gt page 218 Position of the steering wheel when the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is active The steering wheel swings upwards when you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with KEYLESS GO in position 1 e open the driver s door and the SmartKey is in position O or 1 in the ignition lock The steering wheel only moves upwards if it has not already reached the upper end stop Position of the steering wheel for driving The steering wheel is moved to the last selected position when e the driver s door is closed e you insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or e you press the Start Stop button once on vehicles with KEYLESS GO When you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on the steering wheel
189. brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehicle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equipment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Parking H Always secure the vehicle correctly driver s door is open this corresponds to against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle key position 0 key removed or its drivetrain could be damaged If you try to switch off the engine when the To ensure that the vehicle is secured against transmission is not in position P a message rolling away unintentionally appears in the multifunction display A signal sounds e the parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P and the SmartKey must be removed from the ignition lock B e on uphill or downhill gradients the front Z WARNING wheels must be turned towards the curb If you must brake the vehicle with the parking brake the braking distance is considerably longer and the wheels could lock There is an increased dan
190. button and open the driver s door gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wipers The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning fail completely gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop The windshield washer The spray nozzles are misaligned fluid from the spray gt Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist nozzles no longer hits workshop the center of the windshield Lights and windshield wipers E Useful information 00065 130 Overview of climate control sys tems oe ences 130 Operating the climate control sys tems oorr eee ee E e 135 Setting the air vents 142 Climate control im Climate control Ld Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could ot
191. c locking on board COMPULEN sciscssiscccasedvsanteastsscanesacess 217 Automatic locking Switch 83 Central locking unlocking SmartKey oiri 76 Control Pane seeiis ens 37 Display message s es 245 Emergency locking seee 83 Emergency unlocking sesse 83 Important safety notes 0 0 81 Opening from inside eee 82 Drinking and driving 0 167 Drinks holder see Cup holder Drive program Automati seres eea 157 Displayen n 155 Manual es irio a 159 SETUP on board computer 219 Drive program selector 157 Driver s door see Doors Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service 0 287 Symmetrical low beam 00 114 Driving lamps see Daytime running lamps Driving on flooded roads 170 Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System 65 ADAPTIVE BRAKE eccesceeeeeseeereees 71 BAS Brake Assist System 66 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS csssassusicosnetsceaearessustectarveseascones 66 Electronic brake force distribution 70 ESP Electronic Stability Program siusis 67 68 ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction SYSEGMM E 67 Important safety information 65 OVEIVIOW eich esccoantsas chins sounens 65 PRE SAFE Brake cccccccsssseseseseesees 71 Driving systems Active Blind Spot Assist 196 Active Driving Assistance package 196 Active Lan
192. c radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display message disappears DISTRONIC is operational again Unavailable See Operator s Manual If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Clean the sensors in the radiator grill and the bumper gt page 295 gt Restart the engine DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS is defective BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake Inoperative may also have failed A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop DISTRONIC PLUS You have depressed the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is no Passive longer controlling the speed of the vehicle gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS An activation condition for DISTRONIC PLUS is not fulfilled mph gt Check the activation conditions for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 173 Display messages Cruise Control Tnoperative Cruise Control mon Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cruise control is defective A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled You
193. c transmission shifts to the gear which allows optimum acceleration and deceleration To do this the automatic transmission shifts down one or more gears Manual drive program Switching on the manual drive program The manual drive program is only available for vehicles with the dynamic handling package and for AMG vehicles Manual drive program M differs from drive program S or in the case of AMG vehicles drive programs S and S with regard to e spontaneity e responsiveness e smoothness of the gear changes gt Press the program selector button gt page 156 repeatedly until M appears in the multifunction display gt AMG vehicles turn the drive program selector gt page 157 until M appears in the multifunction display The indicator M on the drive program selector lights up in red Upshifting Vehicles with the dynamic handling package if the maximum engine speed for the shift range is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission shifts up If manual drive program M has been selected the automatic transmission does not switch up Automatic transmission gt Briefly press the selector lever to the right towards D or gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 157 The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear AMG vehicles H in manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not shift up automatically even when the engine limiti
194. canseasetesizae 336 REPIACING sesiisccsntevineystoveeeeect sieni 338 Service lfe sisenesime 316 Sidewall definition s es 337 Speed rating definition 336 STONIE oa e a cache 338 Structure and characteristics defimition s csccecsshevevassevs leveelecsiele ste 335 Summer tike Sei 316 Temperature isses 331 TIN Tire Identification Number EFINITION ssssessssseissssusiossineksissietessa 337 Tire bead definition msiri 337 Tire pressure definition 337 Tire pressures recommended 335 Tir siz data s ccccsucscseneseecvevecte 342 Tire size designation load bearing Capacity speed rating 0 eee 332 TURE trO ade sc ecsdase cen n cease 315 Tire tread definition eee 337 Total load limit definition 337 NMA CHIOM eyesore ee devas cetescesactvenede 330 Traction definition eee 337 Tread WEAM ccsivcsaseeiscssaitis cee snnssatedts eee 330 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard S sesseisctesessadessiaccesdeccesetiere 330 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition 335 Unladen weight definition 336 Wear indicator definition 337 Wheel rim definition 0 0 0 335 see Flat tire Top Tether 0 ccececcccceeeseeeeesteeeeenees 63 Towing Important safety guidelines 308 Installing the towing eye seee 309 Removing the towing eye 309 With the rear axle raised
195. cating a stolen vehicle MB info call button Remote vehicle locking Roadside Assistance button 276 Search amp Send ceeeseseesseeeeeeeees 278 S T E T 274 Speed alert 280 SYSTE keiensis eprore raea 274 Triggering the vehicle alarm 281 Vehicle remote malfunction CIA SMOSIS sis ctaessctesacaeees sense Vehicle remote unlocking Mechanical key FUNCtION MOLES issis Locking vehicle sssi Unlocking the driver s door Memory card audio f Memory function ee eeeeeeeeeee Message memory on board COMPUTED 2s iss cids cecisin ccsncpeccensvensay cones Messages see Display messages Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mobile phone Menu on board computer Modifying the programming SmartKey eccriene 77 MOExtended run flat system 301 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle sses 342 Mounting a new wheel 6 341 Preparing the vehicle 338 Raising the vehicle sin SOD Removing a Wheel sseeeeeseeeeee 341 Securing the vehicle against rolling AWAY 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeteeeeeee 339 MP3 Operati esnean ean 211 see separate operating instructions Multifunction display FUNGHON NOTES cceeesesererereeeee 206 Permanent display eeeseeeeee 216 Multifunction steering wheel Op
196. ce the airflow gt page 139 To switch climate control on off gt page 135 To set climate control to automatic gt page 137 Notes on using climate control Automatic climate control The following contains notes and recommendations on optimum use of dual zone automatic climate control e Activate climate control using the auro and ae buttons The indicator lamps in the auto and ac buttons light up e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Only use the windshield defrosting function briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could otherwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode e Use the ZONE function to adopt the temperature settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side as well The indicator lamp in the zone button goes out ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the ECO start stop function only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full Overview of climate control systems climate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 152 The ECO start stop function is not available on AMG vehicles Climate control a Climate control Le Overview of climate control systems
197. ceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle restraint systems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 59 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Introduction SRS consists of e The amp SRS warning lamp e Air bags e Air bag control unit with crash sensors e Emergency Tensioning Devices e Belt force limiters SRS reduces the risk of occupants coming into contact with the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident It can also reduce the effect of the forces to which occupants are subjected during an accident SRS warning lamp Z WARNING If SRS is malfunctioning child restraint system components may be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Have SRS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop SRS functions are checked regularly when you switch on the ignition and when the engine is running Therefore malfunctions can be detected in good time The amp SRS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine is started The SRS components are in operational re
198. centration in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively If the vehicle has lost coolant add equal amounts of water and antifreeze corrosion inhibitor Mercedes Benz recommends an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accordance with MB Specifications for Service Products 310 1 When the vehicle is first delivered it is filled with a coolant mixture that ensures Service products and filling capacities 357 adequate antifreeze and corrosion protection The coolant is checked with every maintenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Model Capacity C 250 Approx 8 1 US qt 7 7 C 350 4MATIC Approx 8 9 US qt Canada only 8 4 I C 63 AMG Approx 12 4 US qt 11 71 All other models Approx 10 1 US gal 9 6 1 Use MB 325 0 or MB 326 0 corrosion inhibitor antifreeze Important safety notes Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate is highly flammable If it comes into contact with hot engine components or the exhaust system it could ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer concentrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Only use washer fluid that is suitable for plastic lamp l
199. ckage with Sports mode eee eeeteeeeeeeeeeeeee 181 EASY ENTRY feature Activating deactivating 0 218 FUNCTION NOLES ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 106 EASY EXIT feature Crash responsive c sceeeeeteeeeeeee 107 FUNCHION NOTES sissdisccsiacvdsesvesesscces 106 Switching On Off seese 218 EBD electronic brake force distribution Display message FUNCTION NOLES sss cedssecceecsescezscoeaens ECO display FUNCtION NOTES 0ceeeeeserereees 167 On board computer sses 208 ECO start stop function Automatic engine start 151 Automatic engine switch off 151 Deactivating activating 152 General information eeeeee 151 Important safety notes 151 INEFOGDUCTION ccena 150 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Emergency release Driver S d0OF si vacdicssseceeisceeedeaenlocceneees Fuel filler flap WU Ktesceenerencdeteidedeevtvedeisndelcesaten AE E EET Emergency spare wheel General NOteS 3 0 scsecreisenessseneesee 346 Important safety notes 346 Storage lOCALION ccscsccsssesseessceseses 346 Technical data vi sccccsccccesecsececeeenanee 347 Emergency Tensioning Devices FUNCTION siecesciecetecstecenteesees siosana 58 Safety guid liNES ssissssssossisisseessi 41 Emissions control Service and warranty information 22 Engine Check Engine warning lamp 256 Display me
200. cle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D R or N e release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds i Driving and parking Driving systems Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC does not take objects into consideration that are k Driving and parking e below the detection range e g people animals or objects e above the detection range e g overhanging loads truck overhangs or loading ramps The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function correctly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 295 P54 65 4326 31 Side view oa O 6 Rolm 0 24 48 in P54 65 4327 31 Top view Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance
201. cles or may only detect them too late 118 in 300 em 19 7 in 50 om 118in 300 cm 118 in 300 cm P54 70 2583 31 Active Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram For this purpose Active Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors in the rear bumper If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles driving at the inner edge of their lanes Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driving close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks Two Active Blind Spot Assist radar sensors are integrated into the front and rear bumpers respectively An additional radar sensor is located behind the cover in the radiator grill Make sure that the sensors and areas around them are free of dirt ice or slush The rear sensors must not be covered for example by cycle racks or overhanging cargo Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to i Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving systems the bumpers have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist m
202. closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programming the remote control Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programming Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also feature a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps gt Press and hold one of buttons to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green If indicator lamp Q turns red repeat the process gt Continue with the other programming steps see above Features Problems when programming If you are experiencing problems programming the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency of garage door drive remote control
203. computer and displays Menus and submenus be On board computer and displays gt Switch on your mobile phone and audio system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to the audio system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Te menu You will see one of the following display messages in the multifunction display e Phone READY or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Phone No Service there is no network available or the mobile phone is searching for a network Accepting a call If someone calls you when you are in the Tel menu a display message appears in the multifunction display for example Call from Unknown Example incoming call gt Press the button on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call You can accept a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can end or reject a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Dialing an entry from the phone book gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Te menu gt Press the A Y or OK button to switch to the phone book gt Pressthe A or W button to select the de
204. cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged Operator s Manual Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 290 gt If coolant needs to be added more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist workshop es The fan motor is faulty gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop and go traffic Display messages Ll On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions E The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Coolant Too Hot E Stop Vehicle Turn WARNING Engine Off Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant
205. ct with hot parts of the exhaust system for an extended period they can catch fire Have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on continuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause harmful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference Introduction including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING
206. ctivated e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 173 e BAS PLUS gt page 66 PRE SAFE Brake gt page 7 1 e Blind Spot Assist gt page 193 Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 196 Convenience Activating deactivating the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Z WARNING When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is making adjustments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped e press one of the memory function position buttons or e move the switch for steering wheel adjustment in the opposite direction to that in which the steering wheel is moving The adjustment process is stopped gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Easy Entry Exit function If the Easy Entry Exit function is activated the vehicle steering wheel is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK Further information on the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 106 button to save the setting Switching the belt adjustment on off gt Press the lt
207. cupied seats if possible e Use the cargo tie down rings and the parcel nets to transport loads and luggage e Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs pad sharp edges for protection Stowage areas Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury especially when braking or abruptly changing directions e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situations e Always make sure that objects do not protrude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets e Close lockable stowage compartments while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Stowage compartments in the front Glove box gt To open pull handle and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages The glove box can only be locked and unlocked using the mechanical key Stowage areas gt To lock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it 90 clockwise to position 2j gt To unlock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it 90 counter cl
208. d 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number of occupants and the maximum permissible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pressures for tires mounted at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicle occupants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maximum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle B pillar driver s side The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustration are examples The maximum permissible load is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The maximum permissible load that applies for your vehicle can be found on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of occupants and cargo should newer enson pyy kg OF La yoki total des ocewpanta ot du chargeman re doit jamais d passar 7 Agou SEE OWNERS MANWAL POR ADDITONAL INFORMATION P40 00 2
209. d Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Z WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the securing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again Z WARNING Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant In the event of an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children that are too large for a child restraint must travel in seats using normal seat belts Position the shoulder belt across the chest and shoulder not the face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster seat Whe
210. d Warranty ssscsssiissssissscsiscisuss 26 LO AGING E E 326 Locking in an emergency 83 Locking SmartKey n se 76 LOWETINE sesssisceeacedssseseseduoeives tenteseeis 342 Maintenance sisenes 23 Parking for a long period 166 Pulling AWAY nern caxtceaeeetoee 150 RAISING ao en ES 339 Reporting problems sssssssssessseeeee 26 Securing from rolling away 339 Towing WAY eeeeeeeeeereeerreere 308 Transporting eseepeaia a 310 Unlocking in an emergency 83 Unlocking SmartKey seese 76 V hicle datarie 358 Vehicle data 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 358 Vehicle dimensions 00 358 Vehicle emergency locking 83 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 350 Vehicle tool kit 00 0 0 eeeeeeeeee 300 Video DVD eee 211 MN eoon anne 350 ABS A A EEE E ET 250 BEAK CS vi seccesvsedeessseouseesveeveyseeesecstedey 250 Check Engines se cscnessecvercesseeystoves 256 COOlA te EEE EETA 257 Distance warning eesse 259 DISTRONIC PLUS cicccsisissssitisreesispia 259 ESP EE EEE 252 ESP OFF siscceeuasistecstsssteeattieesnsets 253 Fueltank erene cenie eiei 256 OVEIVIOW ws ciseaescouesscesd cc cvevessasieenacesners 32 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 0006 47 Reserve fuel ccceeseeceereeeeseeees 256 Seatbelt moc arie EA 248 SPORT handling mode 0006 253 SRI N 255 Tire pressure monitor s
211. d for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which correspond to an equivalent quality standard Brake pads linings which have not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which are not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use brake fluid that has been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or which corresponds to an equivalent quality standard Brake fluid which has not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which is not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety High performance brake system for AMG vehicles The high performance brake system is installed only on the C 63 AMG The high performance brake system is designed for heavy loads This may lead to noise when braking This will depend on e Speed e Braking force e Environmental conditions such as temperature and humidity The wear and tear on individual brake system components e g brake pads linings or discs depends on e the individual driving style e the operating conditions For this reason it is impossible to state a mileage that will be valid under all circumstances An aggressive driving style will lead to high wear You can obtain further information about this from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after several hundred kilometers of driving Compensat
212. d sensor surface Q on the door handle until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed Make sure you only touch recessed sensor surface Q gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Touch recessed sensor surface on the door handle again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release recessed sensor surface C on the door handle You must reset each side window if a side window can no longer be closed fully gt Close all the doors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is completely closed gt page 88 gt Hold the switch for an additional second If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is completely closed gt page 88 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the corresponding side window remains closed after the button has been released the side window has been reset correctly If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Problem a side window cannot be closed becaus
213. d while the vehicle is in motion it could change position unexpectedly This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Before starting off make sure the steering wheel is locked Never unlock the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion Release lever To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment gt Push release lever 1 down completely The steering column is unlocked gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position gt Push release lever Q up completely The steering column is locked gt Check if the steering column is locked When doing so try to push the steering wheel up or down or try to move it in the fore and aft direction Adjusting the steering wheel electrically To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment The steering wheel can also be adjusted when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock Further related subjects e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 106 e Storing settings gt page 110 EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Important safety notes Z WARNING When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is making adjustments make sure that no one has any
214. damaged gt Press and hold the relevant storage position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat steering wheel and exterior mirrors are in the stored position The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button Memory function Seats steering wheel and mirrors Fy 7 S1adiMm pjaiyspulM pue s 4317 Kr 114 114 120 121 125 Useful information 00 Exterior lihtne a eter cee Interionlighting ee Replacing bulbs Windshield wipers 0 Exterior lighting Useful information Lights and windshield wipers L This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime In some countries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obligations Conversion to symmetrical low beam Switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road from the country
215. data stored in the vehicle gt page 27 Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 23 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system To do this an SD memory card must be inserted into the COMAND system If no SD memory card is inserted you must insert the card into the card slot on the COMAND system before saving A route can be prepared and sent either by a customer service representative or via the mbrace portal on the Internet Each route can include up to 20 way points Once a route has been received by the navigation system you will see the lt route name gt has been saved to memory card Do you want to start route guidance message in the COMAND display The route is saved to the SD memory card gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you select No the saved route can be called up later via the navigation menu gt Select Start Route guidance is started Downloaded and saved data can be called up again in COMAND You can find further information in the separate COMAND Operating Instructions Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehicle a message will be sent to the Customer Assistance center The Customer Assistance center then forwards this information to you You can s
216. dels and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 ZA WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could Opening and closing E e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If you attach heavy or large objects to the SmartKey the SmartKey could be unintentionally turned in the ignition lock This could cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an
217. deral Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty H Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty Data stored in the vehicle Information about electronic data acquisition in the vehicle Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please not
218. dle shifters gt page 157 with a manual drive program gt page 159 e your individual selection see the following description Driving and parking Driving systems Example position of dynamic handling package with sports mode button gt Start the engine Sports tuning The firmer setting of the suspension tuning in sports mode ensures even better contact with the road Select this mode when employing a sporty driving style e g on winding country roads Your selection remains stored until you switch off the engine gt Press button Indicator lamp Q lights up Sports suspension tuning is selected Depending on the engine output the accelerator pedal is more responsive On vehicles with automatic transmission drive program S is selected Comfort tuning In comfort mode the driving characteristics of your vehicle are more comfortable Therefore select this mode if you favor a more comfortable driving style Select comfort mode also when driving fast on straight roads e g on straight stretches of freeway gt Press button Indicator lamp Q goes out Comfortable suspension tuning is selected On vehicles with automatic transmission drive program E is selected General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stati
219. driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP Adaptive When Adaptive is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when necessary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain conditions and warns you accordingly The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking ona bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a highway e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend General notes The Active Driving Assistance package consists of DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 173 Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 196 and Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 199 Active Blind Spot Assist General notes Active Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the side areas of your vehicle which are behind the driver A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the corresponding turn signal
220. e Panorama sliding sunroof 91 Roller SUNDIINS ceeseeeeeeetteeees 93 Side windows Sliding SUNTOOT arere prse 91 TUNK liA ssn cdvsscealsvexedsaandveriveaveivabeectite 84 Roadside Assistance breakdown 23 Roller blind see Roller sunblind Roller sunblind Panorama roof with power tilt Sliding panel sospesi Rear side windows Rear window 0006 Roof Carrier cceeeceeeeseeeeeteeeeee Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines ee eeeeseeeeeteeeeees Roof load maximum Route navigation see Route guidance navigation Route guidance navigation Safety Children in the vehicle 08 59 Child restraint systems eee 59 Occupant Classification System OCS eereerrereirert E 47 Overview of occupant safety SYSTEMS sssse sssscnsa sseniagannssasdecss edie 40 Safety system see Driving safety systems Seat belts Adjusting the driver s and front passenger Seat belt 0 0 0 0 Adjusting the height Belt force limiters ceeeeeeeeees Cleaning in esiceseess Gorreot Usage sein Emergency Tensioning Devices FaSt niNE 2s cscisnisesscesscmcisseievacsesbehenans Important safety guidelines Releasing si cccsceiveccesscetyeceseiscoaseetestes Safety guidelines cceceeeeeeeeeees Switching belt adjustment on off on board computer sesse 218 Warning lampione 248 Warning lamp function
221. e The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion E Wheels and tires S Wheels and tires Tire pressure about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitoring system the tire pressure can be checked using the on board computer The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is dependent on the driving speed and the load Therefore you should only correct tire pressures when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when checking the pressure of warm tires and only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the resulting value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver
222. e seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Open the hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt To open take lines from the guides gt Open clamps 4 gt Remove the fuse box cover forwards 311 M Breakdown assistance Lal Breakdown assistance gt To close check whether the rubber seal is lying correctly in the cover gt Insert the cover at the rear of the fuse box into the retainer gt Fold down cover and close clamps 1 gt Secure lines 2 in the guides gt Close the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the trunk lid gt To open turn rotary catch Q clockwise gt Open cover 2 downwards in the direction of the arrow Useful information 0006 314 Important safety notes 314 Operation oaee ec eres ss 314 Winter operation c cee 316 Tire pressures ee eee 318 Loading the vehicle 326 Maximum load rating 329 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 5 0 60ers 330 Tire labeling ae a e 331 Definition of terms for tires
223. e 290 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary Automatic transmission Selectorlever Overview of transmission positions If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to Example selector lever neutral position N when you switch off the P Park position with selector lever lock engine The vehicle may roll away There is a R Reverse gear risk of an accident eee N Neutral After switching off the engine always switch f D Drive to parking position P Prevent the parked vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Automatic transmission Transmission position and drive program display P Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P gt page 164 unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking Always apply the parking brake in addition to the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed if the transmission is in position P P54 32 8918 31 Transmission position display If the SmartKey is removed from Drive program display the ignition
224. e Keeping Assist 199 ATTENTION ASSIST ou eeeeeeeteeeeee 192 Blind Spot AsSist iissa 193 CruisSe COMENON vsscsicsectsaceaisstdeveest ass 171 Display message ssec DISTRONIC PLUS ooo eeeeeeeee 173 Dynamic handling package with Sports ModE saer E 181 HOLD fUNGHOM siiri 182 Lane Keeping Assist essere 194 Lane Tracking package e 192 Parking Guidance 0 0 eeeeeeeeseeeee 188 PARKTRONIC ssccissscecsssseveesssadvieensers 185 RACE START AMG vehicles 183 Rear VIEW camera eeeeeeeesseeeeeee 191 Driving tips Automatic transmission 06 156 Brake Ske siscdsseuetedpereczesces tauensicperesceee 168 Break in period s scc sceecesseseceseene 146 DISTRONIC PLUS isiro ueis 180 Downhill gradient ss cc 168 Drinking and driving seese 167 Driving abroad assisen 114 Driving in WINter siscssssisiiscse 171 Driving on flooded roads 170 Driving on wet roads essee 170 Exha st GheCKicssssiscinsrsasirassts FUG iessen e onteren oriin GOTGL Als ceiscisadecgscsasseeiabsssieedansssasdog Hydro planing v 02 seccscsecsi stecs sancveveens Icy road surfaces Limited braking efficiency on salted rOadS aise esvdieciseeeseiceneee Ages 169 STOW CHAINS oricine Rags eee ces 317 Symmetrical low beam 0006 114 Wet road surface 0 0 eee eeeseeeeeeeee 169 DVD audio on board computer 211 DVD video on board computer 211 Dynamic handling pa
225. e SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt To activate press the g The indicator lamp in the q up The climate control system switches to the following functions button button lights e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off If the battery is not sufficiently charged blower output may be reduced As soon as the battery is sufficiently charged full blower output will be available gt To deactivate press the gq button The indicator lamp in the q button goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or Climate control fy Climate control hel Operating the climate control systems gt Press the auto button The indicator lamp in the g button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Turn temperature control or clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 131 gt page 134 or gt Press the 8 or The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles for the USA MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running When you activate MAX COOL climate control switches to the following functions button e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on gt To acti
226. e Vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the problem gt page 279 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a roadside assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assistance call button Q is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the a button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND MB Info call button
227. e and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 326 E Wheels and tires Lo Wheels and tires Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Where applicable the tire grading information can be found on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature The actual values for tires are vehicle 200 AA A specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to Maximum tire load is the maximum these grades permissible weight for which the tire is approved Treadwear Uniform Tire Quality Grading The treadwear grade is a comparative rating Standards based on the wear rate of the tire when tested x 3 5 under controlled conditions on a specified Overview of Tire Quality Grading U S government course For example a tire Standards graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate conditions Traction Uniform Tire Quality Gradi
228. e control Adjusting the airflow AIR FLOW 137 Automatic climate control 3 zone 134 Controlling automatically 137 Cooling with air dehumidification 135 Defrosting the windows 140 Defrosting the windshield 139 Dual zone automatic climate CONO s oo eas eE Soegel casteaneeesiete 131 Important safety notes w 130 Indicator lampiin 137 Maximum cooling eeen 140 Notes on using automatic climate CONTO ee eaeoe rna 135 Notes on using dual zone automatic climate control 132 Overview of Systems sses 130 Problems with cooling with air dehumidification 0 00 eee 137 Problem with the rear window defroster enesenn ESE 141 Rear control panelss sissiissiisess 134 Refrigerant essorer 357 Refrigerant filling capacity 358 Setting the air distribution 138 Setting the airflow eeeeeeeees 139 Setting the air vents eee 142 Setting the temperature 138 Switching air recirculation mode OMS Off sstsesdeadetecsetieetesscoessetaxbesensesaes 141 Switching On Off seere 135 Switching residual heat on off 141 Switching the rear window defroster on off ccccceceeeeeeees 140 Switching the ZONE function on Co n eE EEE E E T 139 Cockpit OVEIVIEW sisisi ceeaescamssitaleneseeans teases 30 see Instrument cluster COMAND see separate operating instructions Combination switch
229. e engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Problem A The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Check the coolant level and add coolant gt page 290 Observe the warning notes gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop and go traffic Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Z WARNING The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed selected T
230. e for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal Keep this in mind and adapt your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive heavy braking results in correspondingly high brake wear Observe the brake wear warning lamp in the instrument cluster and note any brake status messages in the multifunction display Especially for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts e brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Do not drive through flooded areas Check the depth of any water before driving through it Drive slowly through standing water Otherwise water may enter the vehicle interior or the engine compartment This can damage the electronic components in the engine or the automatic transmission Water can also be drawn in by the engine s air suction nozzles and this can cause engine damage Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their gri
231. e it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Problem a side window cannot be closed and you cannot see the cause Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Sliding sunroof Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sunroof Z WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof
232. e load on the cargo tie down rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection There are four cargo tie down rings in the trunk le Stowage and features Vehicle with through loading feature in the rear bench seat Cargo tie down rings Bag hook Z WARNING The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects or items of luggage Objects or items of luggage could be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants when braking or abruptly changing directions There is a risk of injury Only hang light objects on the bag hooks Never hang hard sharp edged or fragile objects on the bag hooks H The bag hook can bear a maximum load of 11lbs 5kg and should not be used to secure a load Bag hook Stowage well under the trunk floor The TIREFIT kit the vehicle tool kit etc are located in the stowage compartment gt Hook handle Q into rain trough H Unhook the handle before again before closing the trunk lid and clip it in securely to prevent the handle flap from protruding Otherwise you could damage the handle Important safety notes Z WARNING When you load the roof the center of gravity of the vehicle rises and the driving characteristics change If you exceed the maximum roof load the driving characteristics as w
233. e road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot continuously keep your vehicle in its lane Z WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearly detect lane markings In such cases Active Lane Keeping Assist can e give an unnecessary warning and then make a course correcting brake application to the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and keep within the lane especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist alerts you b gt i Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving systems Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation The system may be impaired or may not function if e there is poor visibility e g due to insufficient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane markings for a lane e g in areas with road construction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the dis
234. e seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 47 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating correctly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manua Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 47 The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or
235. e seconds RACE START is canceled The multifunction display shows the RACE START Canceled message gt Take your foot off the brake but keep the accelerator pedal depressed The vehicle pulls away at maximum acceleration The RACE START Active message appears in the multifunction display RACE START is deactivated when the vehicle reaches a speed of approximately 30 mph Canada 50 km h Drive program S is activated SPORT handling mode remains activated RACE START is deactivated immediately if you release the accelerator pedal during RACE START or if any of the activation conditions are no longer fulfilled The RACE START Not Possible See Operator s Manual message appears in the multifunction display If RACE START is used repeatedly within a short period of time it is only available again after the vehicle has been driven a certain distance 4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are permanently driven Together with ESP it improves the traction of your vehicle whenever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip If you fail to adapt your driving style 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics 4MATIC cannot take account of road weather and traffic conditions 4MATIC is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip e
236. e sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again If you overfill the fuel tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed For further information on fuel and fuel quality gt page 351 To open the fuel filler flap To insert the fuel filler cap Tire pressure table Fuel type to be used The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked automatically when you open or close the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO Refueling The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed For further information on warning and W in the instrument cluster The arrow indicator lamps in the instrument cluster next to the filling pump indicates the side of see gt page 256 the vehicle To open Fuel filler flap emergency release gt Switch the engine off gt Open the trunk lid gt Rem
237. e that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data If your vehicle is equipped with mbrace Canada TELE AID data is transmitted in the event of an accident This information helps for example to test vehicle systems after an accident and to continually improve vehicle safety Daimler AG can access these data and submit them e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner e on the instruction of prosecuting authorities e for use in arbitration of disputes that involve Daimler AG its subsidiaries or its sales and service organizations e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check your mbrace Canada TELE AID purchase agreement to find out more about data that can be recorded and transmitted by this system This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crash like situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less Introduction The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened
238. e tire height Tire code tire code 3 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissible load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 326 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates a maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and Ibs see gt page 329 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 334 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Z WARNING Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capacity and the approved maximum speed could lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There is a risk of accident Therefore only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed ratin
239. e unlocked when the Opening and closing A Opening and closing LI SmartKey vehicle is unlocked This is useful if you frequently travel on your own gt To change the setting press and hold down the g and buttons simultaneously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 79 flashes twice If the setting of the locking system is changed within the Seta range of the vehicle pressing the or o e locks or e unlocks the vehicle The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the u button once gt To unlock centrally press the o button twice gt To lock centrally press the button The KEYLESS GO function is changed as follows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner surface of the door handle on the front passenger door or the rear door gt To lock centrally touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles gt page 77 gt To restore the factory settings press and hold down the g and buttons simultaneously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice General notes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO key use the mecha
240. e your foot off the brake pedal The vehicle is then held for about a second gt Pull away Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away on a level road or on a downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning Introduction The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle is stopped under certain conditions The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emissions of your vehicle Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the ignition and secure the vehicle against rolling away General notes If the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display the ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle stops moving Every time you switch on the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the ECO start stop function is activated If the ECO start stop function has been manually deactivated gt page 152 ora malfunction has caused the system to be deactivated the ECO symbol is not displayed Automatic en
241. ease bear the following points in mind e snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 342 e only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove the snow chains as soon as possible when you come to a road that is not snow covered e local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the appropriate regulations if you wish to mount snow chains e do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h You may wish to deactivate ESP gt page 68 when pulling away with snow chains installed You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner achieving an increased driving force cutting action For more information on driving with the emergency spare wheel see gt page 346 M Wheels and tires Ld Wheels and tires Tire pressure Tire pressure Tire pressure specifications Z WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires including the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load chang
242. eat belt system When installing child restraint systems you must observe the manufacturer s installation instructions H When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the middle seat does not get trapped The seat belt could otherwise be damaged Vehicles without rear seat through loading facility Installation instructions Q indicate the installation location of securing rings gt Pull protective caps 2 from securing rings in the direction of the arrow ffi2 3516 31 Vehicles with rear seat through loading facility gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system Comply with the manufacturer s instructions when installing the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system Top Tether WARNING Always lock the rear seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are occupied by passengers Lock the rear seat backrests in their upright position before installing the Top Tether straps or when the cargo compartment is not in use Make sure that rear seat backrests are secured properly by pushing and pulling on the seat backrests If the seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold forward The child restraint system is no longer supported properly or held in position and can no longer fulfill its function This could cause serious or even fatal injuries Top Tether provides an additional connection between a child restraint syst
243. ecessary acceleration and deceleration The bar empties fluctuations in speed e Coasting assessment of all deceleration processes The bar fills up anticipatory driving keeping your distance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes The bar empties frequent braking An economical driving style specially requires driving at moderate engine speeds To achieve a higher value in the categories Acceleration and Constant e observe the gearshift recommendations e drive in drive program E On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the bar for Constant will change The ECO display summaries the driving characteristics from the start of the journey to its completion For this reason the bars change dynamically at the beginning of the journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more dynamic changes carry out a manual reset Further information on the ECO display gt page 208 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine braking on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes by shifting early to alower gear This allows you
244. ection announced with a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display New lane during a change of direction Uninterrupted lane Lane recommendation Change of direction symbol On multilane roads the system can display lane recommendation for the next change of direction During the change of direction additional lanes may be displayed Lane recommendations are only displayed if the relevant data is available on the digital map Other status indicators of the navigation system e E you have reached the destination or an intermediate destination e New Route or Calculating Route calculating a new route Off Map or Off Mapped Road the vehicle position is outside the area of the digital map off map position e No Route no route could be calculated to the selected destination Audio menu Selecting a radio station 1 97 1 MHz P54 33 2423 31 Waveband Station frequency with memory position Station is displayed with the station frequency or station name The memory position is only displayed along with station if this has been stored gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select Radio see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select a stored station
245. ed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle accelerates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to the road and traffic conditions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set gt Press the cruise control lever up Q for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph increments 1 km h increments briefly
246. ed at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further information Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power If the power supply has been interrupted e g if you reconnect the battery you will have to e set the clock see the separate operating instructions On vehicles with COMAND and a navigation system the clock is set automatically e reset the function for folding the exterior mirrors in out automatically by folding the mirrors out once gt page 108 Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from Battery vehicle batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention N WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the batte
247. efroster can be activated again gt To deactivate press the 6 amp 5 button The indicator lamp in the eZa button goes out Air recirculation mode deactivates automatically e after approximately five minutes at outside temperatures below approximately 41 F 5 C e after approximately five minutes if cooling with air dehumidification is deactivated e after approximately 30 minutes at outside temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C if the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated General notes The residual heat function is only available in vehicles for Canada with automatic climate control It is possible to make use of the residual heat of the engine to continue heating the vehicle for approximately 30 minutes after the engine has been switched off The heating time depends on the temperature that has been set The blower will run at a low speed regardless of the airflow setting Climate control Climate control kd Setting the air vents If you activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock gt page 147 or remove it gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the rest button lights up If the residual heat function is activated the windows may
248. ehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 338 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel Be sure to use the original length wheel bolts when re mounting the original wheel after it has been repaired H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt m z F Wheels and tires P40 10 5968 31 gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Place the new wheel on the wheel hub and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are finger tight Le Wheels and tires Wheel and tire combinations Z WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of accident Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed P40 10 5969 31 gt Turn the crank of the jack counter clockwise until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a crosswise pattern in the sequence indicated 2 to The tightening torque must be 96 Ib ft 130 N
249. eiee rers E RE see NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints Heating see Climate control High beam headlamps Changing bulbs sses Display message seee Switching on off ssesssiisssssiiiosissss Hill start assist 0 0 cece HOLD function Deactivating sisie isise 183 Display message csesseesssssoeseesss 237 Fu nction Notes sisone 182 Hood Clos aesir pienine 288 Display message oseere 245 Important safety notes 287 OPENINE essse cassceses accssatenesasigccghersegie 288 Hydroplaning cccceeceeeeeeeees 170 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 72 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Instrument cluster OVENI E Wassira irren orr ER 31 SEINES oeie p ts 215 Warning and indicator lamps 32 Instrument cluster lighting 204 Interior lighting 0 0 0 0 eee 120 Automatic Control ceeeeeeeeeeeees 120 Delayed switch off on board COMPULEN sess cescecsessnseiesssatieexeaserence 217 Emergency lighting ceee 121 Manual Control iseis 120 OVE RVICW osnan eaa 120 Reading lamp ssisiseiiississisitestisisss 120 SSS SS se Jack Storage location cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 300 USINE oesproses 339 Jump starting engine 0 0 306 C KEYLESS GO Convenience closing feature 90 Display message s e 246 Lokiin ennn a 77 Start Stop button eee 148 Starting the En
250. elect the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was exceeded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boundaries of the selected areas You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten corners You can specify up to ten areas simultaneously Different settings are possible for each area USA only these settings can be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representative that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehicle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depending on the setting the panic alarm lasts five or ten seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off Important safety notes Z WARNING When you
251. ell as steering and braking will be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style H Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to prevent damage to the vehicle Position the load on the roof carrier in such a way that the vehicle will not sustain damage even when it is in motion Depending on the vehicle equipment ensure that when the roof carrier is installed you can e raise the sliding sunroof fully e open the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel fully e open the trunk lid fully H To avoid damaging or scratching the covers do not use metallic or hard objects to open them The maximum roof load is 220 lbs 100 kg An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roof load could become detached from the vehicle Therefore always comply with the installation instructions supplied by the manufacturer of the roof carrier Features 267 Attaching the roof carrier gt Open covers Q carefully in the direction of the arrow gt Fold covers Q upwards gt Only secure the roof carrier to the anchorage points under covers Q gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions im Stowage and features Important safety notes H Only use the cup holders for containers of the right size and which have lids The drinks could otherwi
252. els Missing values were not available at time of going to print Vehicle length 180 7 in 4591 mm Vehicle width 79 1 in 2008 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 56 9 in 1444 mm Wheelbase 108 7 in 2760 mm AVZ al Cod e Fh es Bi urning radius 35 6 ft 10 84 m max 220 Ib 100 kg max 220 Ib 100 kg 79 1 in 2008 mm max 220 lb 100 kg max 220 Ib 100 kg Fy Technical data
253. els specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found in the Breakdown assistance section page 301 Winter operation Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop at the onset of winter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 338 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehicle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires permanently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage Z WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use winter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the 4 snowflake symbol in addition to the M S marking provide the best possible grip in wintry road conditions Only these tires will allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP to function optimally in winter These tires have been developed specifically for driving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all whe
254. els to maintain safe handling characteristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted When you have mounted M S tires gt Check the tire pressures gt page 321 gt Vehicles for Canada restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 321 gt Vehicles for USA restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 322 For more information on driving with the emergency spare wheel see gt page 346 Z WARNING If snow chains are installed to the front wheels they may drag against the vehicle body or chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident Winter operation 317 To avoid hazardous situations e never install snow chains to the front wheels e always install snow chains in pairs to the rear wheels H On some tire sizes there is not enough space for snow chains To avoid damage to the vehicle or tires observe the Wheel and tire combinations section under Tires and wheels H Vehicles with steel wheels if you wish to mount snow chains on steel wheels make sure that you remove the respective wheels hubcaps first The hubcaps may otherwise be damaged For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality If you intend to mount snow chains pl
255. em secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the rear seat This helps reduce the risk of injury even further The Top Tether anchorages are located in the rear compartment behind the head restraints Children in the vehicle P91 20 2267 31 gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Fold up cover 2 of Top Tether anchorage gt Route Top Tether belt 6 under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook 4 into Top Tether anchorage 3 gt Make sure that Top Tether belt is not twisted gt Fold down cover 2 of Top Tether anchorage 3 gt Move head restraint Q back down again slightly if necessary gt page 102 Make sure that you do not interfere with the correct routing of Top Tether belt gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so Make sure that Top Tether belt is tight Children in the vehicle Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could
256. ems Display messages Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Program BAS Brake Assist PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and
257. en you reset the values in the trip computer From Start the values in the ECO display are likewise reset Navigation system menu Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions For more information see the separate operating instructions gt Switch on the audio system with Becker MAP PILOT or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or button on the steering wheel to select the Navi menu Route guidance not active P54 33 2419 31 Direction of travel Current road Menus and submenus Route guidance active No change of direction announced P54 33 2420 3 Distance to the destination Distance to the next change of direction Current road Follow the road s course symbol Change of direction announced without a lane recommendation of s 2 P54 33 2421 31 Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Change of direction symbol When a change of direction is announced you will see symbol for the change of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indicator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction Py On board computer and displays Ll On board computer and displays Menus and submenus Change of dir
258. enses e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit Unsuitable washer fluid could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked When handling washer fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 351 At temperatures above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit gt Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB WinterFit Adapt the mixing ratio to the outside temperature e Down to 14 F 10 C mix 1 part MB WinterFit to 2 parts water e Down to 4 F 20 C mix 1 part MB WinterFit to 1 part water e Down to 20 2 F 29 C mix 2 parts MB WinterFit to 1 part water Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the radiator cross member H Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be
259. ensors in the radiator grill and the bumper are dirty e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other sources of electromagnetic radiation AMG vehicles ESP is deactivated e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display message disappears PRE SAFE Brake is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Clean the sensors in the radiator grill and the bumper gt page 295 gt Restart the engine gt AMG vehicles reactivate ESP gt page 69 PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake is inoperative due to a malfunction BAS PLUS Functions Limited or the distance warning signal may also have failed See Operator s gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Manual There is a malfunction in the SRS Supplemental Restraint l System The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument SRS Malfunction cluster Service Required Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qu
260. enu Trip MeNU sssri Vehicle submenu eeeeeeeeeees Video DVD operation Opening and closing the side trim PANES sissies iisas 123 Operating safety Declaration of conformity 25 Important safety notes 0 24 Operating system see On board computer Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment scssi 22 Outside temperature display 205 Overhead control panel 36 Override feature Rear side WINCOWS n se 64 a Paint code number eee 350 Paintwork cleaning instructions 293 Panic alarm sssccecceesccssesdecsaesecesnsceverstton 40 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opening CIOSING c ccceeseeceeeeees 93 Opening closing the roller SUNDIM seisein nee 94 Problem malfunction wee 94 Resetting scenose aas 94 Panorama sliding sunroof Important safety notes 0 0 91 Parking sis snccscsecdecescscevncs sui opn 164 Important safety notes 0 0 0 164 Parking Drake sisecccssseeesceeussesvevesnnes 165 Position of exterior mirror front passenger SIDE oo lees eeeeeeeeeee Rear view camera see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Parking Guidance eeeeeeeeeeeeees see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message seee Notes function eceeesseeeeeeeeee Parking Guidance Display message see eeeeeeeeeeeeeee Important safety notes Parking lamps Changing bulbs sses 123 Switching On Off 0
261. er It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time Seat belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the
262. er seat and is categorized by the OCS system as an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and goes off again after approximately six seconds If the seat is not occupied and the OCS system classifies the front passenger seat as A v q N Occupant safety being empty the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp will continue to light up and not go out Z WARNING If the 8 kso indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 51 A WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect the function of the OCS This could result in the front passenger front air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system Make sure that the bottom and back of the child restraint system make full contact with the front passenger seat cushion and backrest Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Occupant safety Problems with the Occupant Classification System Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The PA
263. er the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid i Opening dimensions of the trunk lid gt page 358 Opening and closing LI Trunk Opening You can open the trunk lid automatically using the SmartKey or the handle in the trunk lid gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the trunk lid opens or gt If the trunk lid is unlocked pull the trunk lid handle and let it go again immediately Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid i Opening dimensions of the trunk lid gt page 358 You can open the trunk lid from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary and unlocked gt To open press the upper section of the remote operatin
264. erating the on board computer 205 OVEIVIOW sisissscovscdensvesaseeceeebeacevenasecces 33 Navigation Menu on board computer 209 see separate operating instructions NECK PRO head restraints Operati OM scssi 52 Resetting after being triggered 53 NECK PRO luxury head restraints OperatiOM geien nar 52 Resetting after being triggered 53 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle 146 Occupant Classification System OCS Faults onsereen 51 Operat Om s esiesersiecteeSeseassessdberabsacss 47 System self test eesceessseeeeeeees 49 Occupant safety Children in the vehicle 0 59 System overview eeceeeeteeeeereeeeeees 40 ocs e OT E EA E 51 Operati M seseris erener 47 System self test ceeseeeesseeeeeeees 49 Odometer sensn 207 Oil see Engine oil On board computer AMG Menuiserie naan Assistance menu Audio MENU Convenience submenu Displaying a service message Display messages seee DISTRONIC PLUS iscecisorieisessen Factory settings submenu Important safety notes Instrument cluster submenu Lighting submenu Menu overview Message memory Navigation MENU eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees OPGratiONe siaciscessiesesiassstasecduetsansses RAGERIMER Ss asseccczectsstec2eestentcrsases Service MENU eeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeseees Settings MENU cceeeececeeeeesteeees Standard display Telephone m
265. ervention of the PRE SAFE Brake at any time by e depressing the accelerator pedal further e activating kickdown e releasing the brake pedal The braking action of PRE SAFE Brake is ended automatically if e you maneuver to avoid the obstacle e there is no longer any danger of a rear end collision e there is no longer an obstacle detected in front of your vehicle Theft deterrent locking system The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO switch the ignition off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be started when the starter battery is fully charged the immobilizer may be faulty Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the trunk lid e the hood The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example
266. ery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Q Environmental note Batteries contain dangerous bt substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an eas environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries to a qualified specialist workshop or a special collection point for used batteries H Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or contact a qualified specialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e you switch off the engine and remove the SmartKey On vehicles with KEYLESS GO ensure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps E Breakdown assistance LJ Breakdown assistance Batte
267. es e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here 1 Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 326 The Tire and Loading Information placard contains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The specifications given on the following Tire and Loading Information placard are examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressures applicable to your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard on your vehicle TG ADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEME SUR LES ANEUS EN LE CHARGEMENT r 4 5 ai i teem src OWNERS meus TROD MRR LIAL POR Fearn ADDITIONAL ean 200 KPA 29 PS INFORMATICIN REAR VOIR LE MANUEL 205 35 TRI 101V XL 200 KPA 29 PS1 DELIUSAOER SHARE POUR PUS DE ceseooues 75 551805P HENSIGNEMENTS P40 00 2205 31 Recommended tire pressures Option 2 Tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure table contains the recommended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Specifications shown in the exa
268. es each 266 BAS Brake Assist System 66 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS ssn ctscsastencescistevetaescvsiecsvsdearsconoeevens 66 Battery SmartKey CHECKING rannen haniieis 79 Important safety notes 6 78 REPLACING sn csccvevsesiscserausnitecddeseveteevnss 79 Battery vehicle CHASING cecsscis seiebentesthestcbedesiereaseesas 304 Display message ssec 235 Important safety notes 0 0 302 JUMP Starting nsssisisiseisi nesis 306 Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating 214 Display message s es 238 Notes function seesssssssessesesersssesses 193 see Active Blind Spot Assist Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display message eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 225 NOTE Soinin iinis e 355 Brake lamps Changing bulbs sissirssssssriinsrisssiss 124 Display message 0 0 eeeseeeeeeeeteeeeee 231 Brakes T MEENE T 65 EIA SEEE A AEE ET 66 BAS PLUS o iesirea 66 Brake fluid notes sreiioossesresiieiessse 355 Display message 0 0 seeeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 223 Diiving Up S lt sete vunteetducvetetes vangezeayes 168 High performance brake system 170 Important safety notes 168 Maintenance sisscscisiesesatescievensacoeese 169 Parking Drake eeeeeeseeeeesreeeeeees 165 Warning lamp sseeseeeeeeereeeeeeeeees 250 Breakdown see Flat tire see Towing away tow starting Bulbs see Replacing bulbs California Important notice for retail customer
269. et simultaneously e the ignition is switched on and e incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or if the interior lighting is switched on 4 Only for Canada Mirrors Setting and storing the parking position Using reverse gear You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this position gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position that allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving position Using the memory button You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear This setting can be stored using memory button M Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Memory function Seats steering wheel and
270. eveeensess 294 Important safety notes s 126 Replacing windshield 126 Wooden trim cleaning instructions 296 Workshops see Qualified specialist workshop ZONE function Switching On Off secen 139 Protection of the environment General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of comprehensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmentally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel consumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting
271. event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to The green 2 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Front fog lamps In conditions where visibility is poor due to fog snow or rain the fog lamps improve visibility as well as making it easier for other road users to see you They can be operated together with the parking lamps or together Lights and windshield wipers E Lights and windshield wipers L Exterior lighting with the parking lamps and low beam headlamps gt To switch on the front fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the 0 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the front fog lamps press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO Only vehicles with front fog lamps have the fog lamps function Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog lamps turn the SmartKey i
272. every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure USA or the Roadside Assistance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of ownership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner Introduction If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0
273. fog up on the inside button button goes REST gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the out REST REST Residual heat is deactivated automatically e after approximately 30 minutes e when the ignition is switched on e if the battery voltage drops Setting the air vents Important safety notes Z WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air outlets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet between the windshield and the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior For virtually draft free ventilation adjust the sliders of the air vents to the center position Setting the center air vents Center air vent left Center air vent right Center vent thumbwheel right Center vent thumbwheel left gt To open close turn thumbwheels and up or down Setting the side air vents Side window defroster vent Side air vent Control for
274. from the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on the HOLD function gt page 182 and parking gt page 164 gt Press the OK or button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority display messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied The message memory allows you to call up previous display messages gt Press the lt or P button on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu If there are display messages the multifunction display shows 2 messages for example gt Press the A or W button to select the entry e g 2 messages gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to scroll through the display messages Safety syst
275. fueled with the following fuel types e premium grade unleaded gasoline e E85 fuel e a mixture of E85 fuel and premium grade unleaded gasoline Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognized by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap Fuel consumption The energy content of E85 fuel is less than that of the same amount of premium grade gasoline The amount of fuel consumed when operating the vehicle with E85 fuel is therefore higher than with premium grade gasoline Maintenance Inform your authorized Mercedes Benz Center that you are operating or have operated the vehicle with E85 fuel Low outside temperatures If the outside temperature is below 32 F 0 C the starting procedure can take noticeably longer when operating with E85 fuel E85 fuel is not suitable for use at outside temperatures under 4 F 20 C General notes H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to fulfill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the exhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service interval display regarding the oil change Service products and filling capacities Otherwise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment When handling en
276. g required for your vehicle Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic conditions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h up to 106 mph 170 km h up to 112 mph 180 km h R S T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h Ww up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h TAR cit up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR18 The service specification is made up of load bearing index 6 and speed rating e If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifications ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR 18 97 Y In this example 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h e The size description for all tires with maximum speeds of over 186 mph 120rM S 4 for winter tires Tire labeling 300 km h must include ZR and the service specification must be given in
277. g switch for trunk lid until the trunk lid opens You can lock the trunk separately If you then unlock the vehicle centrally the trunk remains locked and cannot be opened gt Close the trunk lid gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 78 P72 20 3036 31 gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as the stop gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise from position 1 to position 2 gt Remove the mechanical key gt Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid If the trunk cannot be unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 73 Side windows gt Take the mechanical key out of the The trunk lid can be unlocked and opened SmartKey gt page 78 with the trunk lid emergency release when gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid the vehicle is stationary or while driving lock as far as it will go Trunk lid emergency release light e emergency release button A flashes for Ar 30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened VW e emergency release button A flashes for Var C 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed The trunk lid emergency release does no
278. ger of skidding and accidents Only use the parking brake to brake the vehicle when the service brake is faulty Do A WARNING not apply the parking brake too firmly If the wheels lock release the parking brake until the wheels begin turning again Important safety notes m Driving and parking The automatic transmission switches to neutral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident A VARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the After switching off the engine always switch ie 3 8 8 y vehicle they could set it in motion by for to parking position P Prevent the parked vehicle from rolling away by applying the example parking brake e releasing the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of Vehicles with automatic transmission the parking position P gt Apply the parking brake firmly starne the ensine M im They could al te the vehicle gt Shift the transmission to position P PIE AEEA E AE S equipment There is a risk of an accident and Using the SmartKey injury gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the When leaving the vehicle always take the ignition lock and remove it SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never The immobilizer is activated leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed if the If you brake the vehicle with the parking transmission is in position P brake the brake la
279. get an electric shock There is a risk of injury Never touch components of the ignition system or fuel injection system when the ignition is switched on Opening the hood Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Pull release lever 4 on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch handle 2 up and lift the hood If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in 40 cm the hood is opened and held open automatically by the gas filled strut Closing the hood gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little more force Ge
280. gine 0 eeeeeee 149 Unlocking esserne 77 Key positions KEYLESS GO niinniin 148 SmartKey seene nises 147 Kickdown Driving CIPS ssseiesersisciessgiicrssetssnes 156 Manual drive program seese 160 Knee bag o oo ceccceceeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeenees 44 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating 214 Display message eeeeeeseeeeeteeees 237 Function information 194 Lane Tracking package 5 192 Lap time RACETIMER 00 220 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANGHOMS geese hie ees 62 Light function active Display message ssec 232 Lighting Light SWIECH ccs ecsceecsesicaesssscaeretzeanses 114 Lights Activating deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch off 217 Active light function eee 117 Automatic headlamp mode 115 Cornering light function 118 Display message seee 230 Driving Abroad issssisicisserescinse 114 FOS lamps ocres EE 115 Hazard warning lamps s es 117 High beam flasher ceseeeseees 117 High beam headlamps 06 117 Low beam headlamps ee 115 Parking IAMS cueir 116 Real fog LAMP sssscjcseiescieessisegeesesesss 116 Standing lamps sssr 116 Switching Adaptive Highbeam ASSIST ONS Off sece tsssevesssesdects sestevncess 216 Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board computer 216 Switching the daytime running lam
281. gine oil observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 351 The engine oils are matched to the performance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with maintenance systems For alist of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle Model Engine MB model Approval C 250 271 229 5 c 300 276 229 5 Canada only C 300 4MATIC 272 229 5 C 350 276 229 5 C 350 4MATIC Canada only C 63 AMG 156 2295 Use only SAE OW 40 or SAE 5W 40 engine oils for AMG vehicles MB approval is indicated on the oil containers Filling capacities The following values refer to an oil change including the oil filter Model Capacity C 250 5 8 US qt 5 5 C 63 AMG With external oil cooler 9 0 US qt 8 5 I All other models 6 9 US qt 6 5 Additives H Do not use any additives in the engine oil This could damage the engine Engine oil viscosity P18 00 2310 31 Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Select an engine oil with an SAE classification viscosity suitable for the prevailing outside temperatures The table sho
282. gine switch off General notes The ECO start stop function is operational and the ECO symbol is displayed in green in the multifunction display if e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temperature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached Driving e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened If not all conditions for automatic engine switch off are fulfilled the ECO symbol is shown in yellow All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine has been stopped automatically The engine can be switched off automatically a maximum of four times first stop and three subsequent stops in succession The ECO symbol is shown in yellow in the multifunction display after the engine has been started automatically for the fourth time When the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display automatic engine switch off is again possible Vehicles with automatic transmission If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The HOLD fu
283. gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Drive on carefully gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop SPORT handling mode is activated Z WARNING When SPORT handling mode is switched on ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the conditions written in the Activating deactivating SPORT handling mode section gt page 69 E On board computer and displays E On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem a JAE The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS BAS PLUS PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Wa
284. h situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions carefully and maintain a safe lateral distance USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Driving systems Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain snow or spray e narrow vehicles e g motorcycles or bicycles e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated 118 in 300 em 19 7 in 50 om 118 in 300 cm P54 70 2583 31 Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of
285. have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt f conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 171 E On board computer and displays Ll On board computer and displays Display messages Tires Display messages Check Tire Pressure Soon Check Tire Pressure Then Restart Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Correct Tire Pressure Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the following hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 301 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure loss war
286. he W jor A Day Lights function If the Day Lights function has been switched on the cone of light and the 3 symbol in the multifunction display are shown in orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting button to select the Further information on daytime running lamps gt page 115 Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on off gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Adapt Highbeam function If the Adapt Highbeam function has been switched on the cone of light and the p symbol in the multifunction display are shown in orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting For further information about Adaptive Highbeam Assist see gt page 118 Activating deactivating surround lighting and exterior lighting delayed switch off gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe W or A Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Surround Lighting function When the Surround Lighting function is activated the light cone and the area aro
287. he SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the E button to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow 2 until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is open approximately 4 in 10 cm gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an additional second gt Press the E button to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow 2 until the roller sunblinds are open approximately 4 in 10 cm gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow until the roller sunblinds are fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an additional second gt Make sure that the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds can be fully opened and closed again gt page 93 gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again H If the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds cannot be fully opened or closed after resetting contact a qualified specialist workshop Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sunroof Problem the sunroof
288. he front passenger front air bag In the second stage the front air bags are inflated with the maximum amount of propellant gas available The front air bags are not deployed in situations where a low impact severity is predicted You will then be protected by the fastened seat belt The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if e the system based on the OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp on the center console is not lit gt page 47 e the air bag control unit predicts a high impact severity Driver s knee bag Driver s knee bag Q increases the driver s protection against e knee injuries e thigh injuries e lower leg injuries Driver s knee bag deploys under the steering column If during a frontal collision the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt driver s knee bag Q is deployed along with the driver s air bag Driver s knee bag 4 operates best in conjunction with correctly positioned and fastened seat belts Side impact air bags A WARNING Using unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent deployment of the air bags integrated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the function of the air bag deactivation system could be restricted This poses a
289. he lane The system may be impaired or may not function if e there is poor visibility e g due to insufficient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane markings for a lane e g in areas with road construction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the lane Switching on Lane Keeping Assist gt Switch on Active Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 214 If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display gt page 213 are shown in green Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use m Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving systems Standard If Standard is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a
290. he out of use position in Stowage and features Front ashtray H The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit cigarettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged You can remove the ashtray insert and use the resulting compartment for stowage 270 i Stowage and features Features gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt To remove the insert hold insert by the ribbing at the sides and lift it up and out gt To re install the insert press insert into the holder until it engages gt To close briefly press cover at the front The cover moves back Rear compartment ashtray gt To open pull cover 2 out by its top edge gt To remove the insert press release button and lift the insert up and out gt To install the insert install insert from above into the holder and press down into the holder until it engages Cigarette lighter Z WARNING You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette lighter In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to objects for example There is a risk of fire and injury Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is out of reach of childre
291. here is a risk of an accident gt Increase the distance A WARNING You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at too high a speed There is a risk of an accident gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action More information about DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 173 and PRE SAFE Brake gt page 71 E On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions 6 The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at The yellow tire pressure least one of the tires monitor warning lamp A WARNING pressure loss eae isari malfunction 1 lit With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the following hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necess
292. herwise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidification function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required Climate control regulates the temperature and the humidity in the vehicle interior and filters undesirable substances out of the air Climate control can only be operated when the engine is running Optimum operation is only achieved with the side windows and roof closed The residual heat function can only be activated or deactivated with the ignition switched off gt page 141 Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the convenience opening feature gt page 89 This will speed up the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most particles of dust and soot and completely filters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pollutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet It is possible that the dehumidification function of
293. hich an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e independently of the use of the seat belt e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Pelvis air bags will not deploy in side impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds for lateral acceleration deceleration You will then be protected by the fastened seat belt The pelvis air bag on the front passenger side is not deployed in the following situations e OCS has detected that the front passenger seat is unoccupied e the front passenger seat belt is not fastened The pelvis air bag on the front passenger side will deploy if the front passenger seat belt is fastened regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Window curtain air bags The window curtain air bags enhance the level of protection for the head but not chest or arms of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs The window curtain air bags are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deploy in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar Window curtain air bags Q are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e
294. hicle against rolling away You can restart the engine There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the USA only Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident A gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunctioning gt Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Important functions of PRE SAFE have failed All other occupant safety systems e g air bags remain available gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately E On board computer and displays Display messages Lal On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are Functions e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow Currently Limited See Operator s Manua e the s
295. hicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it is not unlocked when the release button for the central locking is used The vehicle is locked automatically when the ignition is switched on and the vehicle s wheels are turning at a speed in excess of 9 mph 15 km h You could therefore be locked out if e the vehicle is being pushed e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer gt To deactivate press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt To activate press and hold button 2 for about five seconds until a tone sounds if you press one of the two buttons and do not hear a tone the relevant setting has already been selected You can also switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board computer gt page 217 If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 73 gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 78 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise to position 1 The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey If the vehicle can no longer be l
296. icle raised the jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle e avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes e before raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Never disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised e the jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats e do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height e make sure that the distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 inches 3 cm e never place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e never lie under the raised vehicle e never start the engine when the vehicle is raised e never open or close a door or the trunk lid when the vehicle is raised e make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised H The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged P40 10 5965 31 gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to cha
297. icle remote opening You can use the vehicle remote opening if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement SmartKey is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately opened remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlocking may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA only alternatively the vehicle can be opened via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g iPhone Blackberry To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote opening is only possible if the corresponding mobile phone network is accessible Vehicle remote closing The remote closing feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately remotely locked within four days of the ignition being turned
298. ide the seat forwards or rearwards gt Release lever 4 again Make sure that you hear the seat engage in position Seat cushion angle gt Turn handwheel in the desired direction Vehicles without Memory function the seats can be adjusted within three minutes of a front door being opened The time period starts over again if within these three minutes you e open or close a front door e insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or remove it from the ignition lock e switch the ignition on or off If the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock the seats can be adjusted at any time Depending on the equipment the seat adjustment buttons are either located on the side of the seat or on the door control panel Head restraint height Seat cushion angle Seat height Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest angle Seat cushion angle Seat height Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest angle You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 110 AMG vehicles are equipped with a seat with an integrated head restraint It is therefore not possible to set the height and angle of the head restraint ZA WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head re
299. if the rear window defroster is switched on and the outside temperature is low Mirror heating lasts up to 10 minutes You can also heat up the exterior mirrors manually by switching on the rear window defroster gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button for the left hand exterior mirror or button for the right hand exterior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button 3 up down or to the left or right until you have adjusted the exterior mirror to the correct position You should have a good overview of traffic conditions Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically This function is only available in vehicles for Canada gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while driving They could otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 9 mph 15 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Setting the exterior mirrors This function is only available in vehicles for Canada If the battery has been disconnected or completely discharged the exterior mirror
300. il the warning message disappears from the multifunction display or shift the transmission to position P DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Setting a speed gt Press the cruise control lever up Q for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph increments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph increments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever i Driving and parking El Driving and parking Driving systems up Q or down 2 beyond the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal If you accelerate to overtake DISTRONIC PLUS adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished overtaking Storing the current speed or calling up a stored speed gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is activated The first time it is activated the current speed is stored Otherwise it sets the vehicle cruise speed to the previously stored value Setting the specified minimum distance You can
301. in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the backrest e move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e only hold the steering wheel on the outside Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury if the driver front air bag inflates e adjust the front passenger seat as far back as possible from the dashboard when the seat is occupied e occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side Occupant safety impact air bag inflates This could result in serious or fatal injuries should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that
302. in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Let the engine cool down before you add antifreeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from components before starting the engine H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB Specifications for Service Products 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or contact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Comply with the important safety precautions for service products when handling coolant gt page 351 The coolant is a mixture of water and antifreeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor con
303. indicator lamp in the OFF button lights Use the residual heat function if you want up to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deactivated with the ignition switched eoe a off General notes m ECO start stop function cee If you deactivate the Cooling with air During automatic engine switch off the ECO dehumidification function the air inside the start stop function only operates at a vehicle will not be cooled The air inside the reduced capacity If you require the full vehicle will also not be dehumidified The climate control output you can switch off the windows can fog up more quickly Therefore ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO deactivate the cooling with air button gt page 152 dehumidification function only briefly The ECO start stop function is not The Cooling with air dehumidification available on AMG vehicles function is only available when the engine is running The air inside the vehicle is cooled Operating the climate control systems and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunction Activating deactivating gt To activate press the se button The indicator lamp in the ase bu
304. ing at gt page 306 Z WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amperage the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or systems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the components on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove it gt page 147 or gt On vehicles with KEYLESS GO make sure the ignition is switched off gt page 148 All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box on the driver s side of the dashboard e Fuse box i
305. ing situations e g when physical limits are exceeded and the vehicle understeers or oversteers severely PRE SAFE takes the following measures depending on the hazardous situation detected e the front seat belts are pre tensioned e on vehicles with memory function for the front passenger seat the front passenger seat is adjusted if it is in an unfavorable position e if the vehicle skids the sliding sunroof panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the side windows are closed so that only a small gap remains indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less or is unoccupied on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident PRE SAFE slackens the belt pre tensioning All settings made by PRE SAFE can then be reversed If the seat belts are not released gt When the vehicle is stationary move the backrest or seat back slightly The seat belt pre tensioning is reduced and the locking mechanism is released Z WARNING Make sure that nobody can become trapped as you adjust the seat H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats when resetting the seats There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be damaged More information about seat belt adjus
306. ion are also switched off The windows could fog up we buttons The indicator lamps in the Therefore switch off climate control only auto and a c buttons light up briefly e In automatic mode you can also use the i KETSE i AR button to adjust airflow FOCUS Switch on climate control primarily using MEDIUM DIFFUSE The MEDIUM level is the lavro button gt page 137 i recommended Sa PENDS e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Activating deactivating e Only use the windshield defrosting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the function briefly until the windshield is clear ignition lock gt page 147 again gt To activate press the auto button 5 e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g The indicator lamp in the auro button lights if there are unpleasant outside odors or up Airflow and air distribution are set to py when in a tunnel The windows could automatic mode otherwise fog up since no fresh airisdrawn or O into the vehicle in air recirculation mode gt Press the OFF button Use the ZONE function to adopt the The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes temperature settings on the driver s side out The previously selected settings are for the front passenger side and the rear restored ee as well The indicatorlamp in gt To deactivate press the OFF button e Lane button g0 s out The
307. ion of the arrow 2 For vehicles without memory function only Adjusting the luxury head restraints gt To adjust the side bolsters of the head restraint push or pull right and or left hand side bolster into the desired position gt To adjust the angle of the head restraint push or pull the head restraint in the direction of arrow Adjust the head restraint so that the back of your head is as close to the head restraint as possible Rear seat head restraints Adjusting the rear seat head restraint height Once the head restraint is fully lowered press release catch Q gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch Q and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Installing removing the rear seat head restraints gt Release the rear seat backrest and fold it slightly forwards gt page 265 gt To remove pull the head restraint up to the stop gt Press release catch and pull the head restraint out of the guides gt To re install insert the head restraint so that the notches on the bar are on the left when viewed in the direction of travel gt Push the head restraint down until you hear it engage in position gt Fold back the rear seat backrest until it engages Adjusting the lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seats so as to provide optimum support for your back
308. is also automatically moved to the previously set position The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or when you store the setting with the memory function gt page 110 Crash responsive EASY EXIT feature If the crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is triggered in an accident the steering column will move upwards when the driver s door is opened This occurs irrespective of the position of the SmartKey in the ignition lock This makes it easier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants The crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is only operational if the EASY EXIT ENTRY feature is activated in the on board computer Mirrors P68 40 2184 31 gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever forwards or back Adjusting the exterior mirrors Z WARNING The exterior mirror on the front passenger side reduces the size of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could misjudge the distance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an accident b gt Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Seats steering wheel and mirrors k Mirrors For this reason always make sure of the actual distance from the road users traveling behind by glancing over your shoulder The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger field of vision The exterior mirrors are automatically heated after starting the vehicle
309. is not covered with ice or snow Take appropriate care when driving H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C These represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A Tire labeling represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire labeling The following markings are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designation and the manufacturer s name P40 10 5339 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard gt page 335 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 334 Maximum tire load gt page 329 Maximum tire pressure gt page 320 Manufacturer Tire
310. is function If track information is stored on the audio device or medium the multifunction display will show the number and name of the track The current track does not appear in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Menus and submenus Video DVD operation A O 1 P54 33 2425 31 Example CD DVD changer display Current scene gt Switch on COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous scene briefly press the A or W button gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired scene has been reached Telephone menu Introduction ZA WARNING If you operate information systems and communication equipment integrated in the vehicle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equipment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving E On board
311. isoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid i Opening dimensions of the trunk lid gt page 358 You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk You could otherwise lock yourself out The trunk lid can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened automatically from outside e opened automatically from inside e locked separately e unlocked with the mechanical key e opened with the emergency release button The trunk lid is equipped with an automatic reversing feature It reacts if a solid object obstructs or restricts the trunk lid during the closing procedure The trunk lid opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the trunk lid while it is closing A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fingers e over the last 1 3 in 8 mm of the closing movement This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these situations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped
312. ive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors A WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not detect all traffic situations and road users There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that there is sufficient distance on the side for other traffic or obstacles In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e poor visibility e g due to rain snow or spray Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Driving systems Active Blind Spot Assist may not detect narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicy
313. iver s door and remove your seat belt e open the hood The sounding of the horn alerts you to the fact that the vehicle has been parked while the HOLD function is still activated If you attempt to lock the vehicle the tone becomes louder The vehicle is not locked until the HOLD function is deactivated If the engine has been switched off it cannot be started again until the HOLD function has been deactivated If there is a malfunction in the system or power supply while the HOLD function is activated the Brake Immediately message is shown in the multifunction display Immediately depress the brake firmly until the warning message in the multifunction display goes out You can also shift the transmission to position P This deactivates the HOLD function Important safety notes Observe the safety notes for the SPORT handling mode gt page 69 RACE START is intended solely for activation on dedicated race circuits Always adapt your E Driving and parking Driving systems El Driving and parking speed and driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions RACE START enables optimal acceleration from a standing start The precondition for this is a suitable high grip road surface RACE START is only available in AMG vehicles Conditions for activation You can activate RACE START if e the doors are closed e the engine is running and it has reached an operating temperature of
314. iving faster than 40 mph 60 km h e DISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the distance to a vehicle in front e you switch on the appropriate turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too long or if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too small When changing lanes DISTRONIC PLUS monitors the left lane on left hand drive vehicles and the right lane on right hand drive vehicles Stopping A WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehicle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine compartment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 179 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to
315. k onto the windshield Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield the windshield may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper Changing the windshield wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or turn it to position 0 KEYLESS GO gt Fold the wiper arm away from the windshield until it engages gt Firmly press release knob Q and pull the wiper blade upwards from the wiper arm in the direction of the arrow Installing the wiper blades gt Position the new wiper blade in the retainer on the wiper arm and slide it into place in the opposite direction to the arrow The wiper blade audibly engages gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield Windshield wipers Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The windshield wipers Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield are jammed wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or gt Switch off the engine using the Start Stop
316. ke it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark the oil level is correct gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter engine oil Adding engine oil Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot components in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the components before starting the engine Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters that have been approved for vehicles with a service system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service E Maintenance and care La Maintenance and care Engine compartment Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have
317. krest is not in the upright position When braking or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in the upright position ZA WARNING According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seat whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see the Children in the vehicle section A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Seats steering wheel and mirrors k H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilling on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be u
318. l H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com E On board computer and displays Display messages Ls On board computer and displays Display messages Check Engine 0i1 Level Add 1 quart Fuel Level Low lt Gas Cap Loose Driving systems Display messages Attention Assist Take a Break SSS Attention Assist Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions AMG vehicles the engine oil level is too low gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 289 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 289 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt
319. l by the center of the head restraint gt Observe the safety guidelines on steering wheel adjustment gt page 105 gt Make sure that steering wheel Q is adjusted properly Adjusting the steering wheel manually gt page 106 Adjusting the steering wheel electrically gt page 106 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instrument cluster clearly gt Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 54 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt 2 properly gt page 56 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoulder e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mirror and the exterior mirrors in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt page 107 gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat steering wheel and exterior mirror settings with the memory function gt page 110 Important safety notes A WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING You could lose control of
320. l equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage The maximum load rating in kilograms or pounds is the maximum weight for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Definition of terms for tires and loading Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km m Wheels and tires The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim The part of the tire between the tread and the bead The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 2 3 kg 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high performance brakes level contr
321. l illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the Be k indicator lamp will illuminate for sppronrnately 6 seconds when the engine is started Depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat it will then remain illuminated or go out With the Be besser indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the 8 esse indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated Be tio b gt A Ga A Oo tm N Occupant safety When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the 8 ser indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately six seconds when the engine is started and then go out This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If the 8 eer indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the
322. ld or wiper blades H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing solvents to clean the inside of the windows Do not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstances prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components gt Clean the inside and outside of the windows with a damp cloth and a cleaning product that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning wiper blades Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise H
323. ldren are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Opening and closing E You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can only open the rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not secured by the child proof locks gt page 64 Only open the door when the traffic situation permits If the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 73 gt To unlock a front door pull door handle
324. le at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after several hundred kilometers of driving Compensate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehicle and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Ideally for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km drive in program E program C on AMG vehicles e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throttle during this period e Change gear in good time before the tachometer needle is 7 3 of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the vehicle e If possible do not depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance kickdown e Only select shift ranges 3 2 or 1 when driving slowly e g in mountainous terrain After 1000 miles 1500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and accelerate the vehicle to full speed Additional breaking in notes for AMG vehicles e
325. ling capacities Gasoline Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the ignition if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Only refuel using unleaded gasoline with a minimum octane rating of 91 H Only use the fuel recommended Operating the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use the following e E85 gasoline with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives e Diesel Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recommended for your vehicle Do not use additives This can otherwise lead to engine damage This does not include cleaning additives for the removal and prevention of residue build up gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full performance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard premium grade unleaded gasoline is unavailable and unleaded gasoli
326. list workshop Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed rating gt page 332 on the sidewall of the tire e If no specification is given no text as in the example above represents a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire e Light Load represents a light load tire C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure U S tire regulations prescribe that every manufacturer of new tires or retreader has to imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables tire manufacturers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affected tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identification code tire size tire type code and manufacturing date Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q indicates that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manufacturer identification code 2 provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two
327. ll place the floormat in the footwell gt Press studs onto retainers 2 gt To remove pull the floormat off retainers gt Remove the floormat 12 pue sdueuszuUle E e 286 286 287 291 Engine compartment Care naea eee tees Useful information 00006 ASSYST PEUS Pe E 2 lt 5 E Maintenance and care ASSYST PLUS Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified specialist workshops gt page 25 ASSYST PLUS The ASSYST PLUS service interval display informs you of the next service due date Information on the type of service and service intervals see the separate Maintenance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not show any information on the engine oil level Observe the notes on the engine oil level gt page 288 The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g e Service A in Service A Due e Service A Exceeded by
328. lly charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers due to friction between clothing and seats e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools ona battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Battery vehicle Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the batt
329. lock the selector lever is locked The current position of the selector lever is shown by the indicators next to the selector lever The indicators light up when the SmartKey is inserted into the ignition lock The indicators go out when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock E Driving and parking If the vehicle electronics are malfunctioning the selector lever may be locked in position P To release a locked selector lever see Manual override of parking lock page 161 R Reverse gear Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary Ll Driving and parking Automatic transmission N Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving The transmission could otherwise be damaged No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty only shift the transmission to position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads H Rolling in neutral N can damage the drive train Drive The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available The automatic transmission shifts to the individual gears automatically when it is in transmission position D This automatic gearshifting behavior is determined by e a shift range restriction if selected e the selected drive program gt page 156 e the
330. ls with traction Traction control remains active even if you deactivate ESP Safety k Driving safety systems Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 Z WARNING If ESP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driving safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop H When testing the electric parking brake on a braking dynamometer switch off the ignition Application of the brakes by ESP may otherwise destroy the brake system Vehicles without 4MATIC observe the notes on ESP gt page 309 when towing the vehicle with a raised rear axle H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer Before you operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult a qualified workshop You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the engine is running If the amp warning lamp and the warning lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 252 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 223
331. lt is fastened e if a vehicle speed of 15 mph 25 km h is exceeded a warning tone also sounds with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger seat belt has been fastened If the driver front passenger unfasten their seat belt while the vehicle is in motion the 4 seat belt warning lamp lights up and a warning tone sounds again The warning tone ceases even if the driver or front passenger seat belt has still not been fastened after 60 seconds The 2 seat belt warning lamp stops flashing but remains illuminated A o q N A Oo N Occupant safety After the vehicle comes to a standstill the warning tone is reactivated and the seat belt warning lamp flashes again if the vehicle speed again exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt warning lamp only goes out if F3 ER e both the driver and the front passenger have fastened their seat belts or e the vehicle is stationary and a door is open F For more information on the seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 248 Emergency Tensioning Devices seat belt force limiters Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer operational and are unable to perform their intended protective function This poses an increased
332. lt retractor All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retractor ensures that the seat belt will not slacken once the child restraint system has been secured e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P Installing a child restraint system e Start the engine gt Always comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the seat belt retractor gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children A oO tm N Children in the vehicle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the seat belt retractor retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is activated gt Push down on the child restraint system to take up any slack Removing a child restraint system deactivating the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the manufacturer s installatio
333. ly children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of parking position P e starting the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces without sufficient ventilation Driving Z WARNING Flammable materials introduced through environmental influence or by animals can ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engine that heat up There is a risk of fire Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine General notes The catalytic converter is preheated for up to 30 seconds after a cold start The sound of the engine may change during this time Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P You can also start the engine when the transmission is i
334. ly activate DISTRONIC PLUS once your vehicle is stationary as well gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or press it up or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected DISTRONIC PLUS can only be activated at under 20 mph 30 km h if a vehicle in front has been detected For this reason it is helpful if you have the DISTRONIC PLUS distance display shown in the instrument cluster gt page 213 gt Press the cruise control lever repeatedly up Q or down 2 until the desired speed is set You can use the cruise control lever to set the stored speed and the control on the cruise control lever to set the specified minimum distance gt page 178 Pulling away gt If the vehicle in front pulls away remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front Driving If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle In this way the distance you have selected is maintained If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is driving faster it accelerates your vehicle but only up to the speed you have stored Changing lanes If you change to the passing lane DISTRONIC PLUS supports you when e you are dr
335. m gt Turn the jack back to its initial position and store it together with the rest of the tire change tool kit in the trunk cargo compartment gt Transport the faulty wheel in the trunk cargo compartment or gt Depending on the size of the wheel you may also be able to secure the defective wheel in the spare wheel well In this case you will have to remove the stowage well casing from the spare wheel well and stow it securely in the trunk cargo compartment gt Check the tire pressure of the newly mounted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 318 Vehicles with tire pressure monitor all wheels mounted must be equipped with functioning sensors Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehicle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only certain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Certain characteristics e g handling vehicle noi
336. martKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated AUTO 3 zone automatic climate control when automatic mode is activated you can adjust airflow gt page 137 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt To select manually press the 53 button or gt Press the 8 or button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic air distribution and airflow are deactivated This function is only available with 3 zone automatic climate control In automatic mode you can select the following airflow settings FOCUS high airflow that is set slightly cooler MEDIUM medium airflow standard setting DIFFUSE low airflow that is set slightly warmer and with less draft gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt Press the button gt Press the AR button repeatedly until the required airflow setting appears in the display AUTO Climate control eq Climate control hd Operating the climate control systems gt Turn control Q clockwise or counter clockwi
337. material gt page 335 Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed index gt page 332 Load index gt page 334 Tire name Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example M Wheels and tires Tire labeling Ld Wheels and tires Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed rating Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size description as shown above these are passenger vehicle tires according to European manufacturing standards If P precedes the size description these are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manufacturing standards If T precedes the size description these are compact emergency spare wheels at high tire pressure to be used only temporarily in an emergency Tire width tire width shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Height width ratio aspect ratio is the size ratio between the tire height and tire width and is shown in percent The aspect ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by th
338. mirrors A gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt With the exterior mirror on the front passenger side activated use adjustment button 8 to adjust the exterior mirror In the exterior mirror the rear wheel and the curb should be visible gt Press memory button M and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt If the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position setting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side using button 2 gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph 15 km h e if you press button Q for the exterior mirror on the driver s side Memory function Z WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat or steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children
339. mmediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these situations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again Front left Front right Rear right Rear left The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window The switches on the driver s door take precedence The side windows cannot be operated from the rear when the override feature for the side windows is activated gt page 64 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To open press the corresponding switch gt To close pull the corresponding switch if you press the switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by operating the switch again You can continue to operate the side windows after you switch off the engine or remove the SmartKey This function is available for up to five minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened You can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving To do this the SmartKey is used to carry out the following functions simultaneously e unlock the vehicle e open
340. mpartment in the rear H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cover of the stowage compartment before folding the rear seat armrest back into the seat backrest gt To open fold down seat armrest 2 gt Fold cover Q of the armrest upwards Stowage net Stowage nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on the left hand side of the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 262 Rear bench seat through loading feature Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold forwards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged Stowage areas Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 Folding the seat backrest back The left hand and right hand rear seat backrests can be folded down separately to increase the tru
341. mples of tire pressure tables are for illustration purposes only Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here Tire pressure specifications applicable to your vehicle are located in your vehicle s tire pressure table COLD TIRE PRES P40 00 2179 31 Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ LUFTDRUCK PR fir kalte Reifen forcoldtires des pn P40 00 218331 Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 332 100 kPa 1 ba P40 00 2184 31 If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort Tire pressu
342. mps will not light up Using KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button gt page 148 The engine stops and all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out When the driver s door is closed this corresponds to key position 1 When the Driving and parking Driving tips i Be gt To apply depress parking brake 2 firmly When the engine is running the erake USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster gt To release depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the erake USA only or Canada only indicator lamp goes out in the instrument cluster If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging gt Connecting a trickle charger You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist workshop If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will re
343. n Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Your attention must always be focused on the traffic conditions Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions permit gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt Press in cigarette lighter 2 Cigarette lighter will pop out automatically when the heating element is red hot gt To close briefly press cover at the front The cover moves back General notes The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accessories include such items as lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the sockets for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock gt page 147 An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine Socket in the rear compartment center console gt Pull cover 2 out by its top edge gt Lift up the cover of socket 4 Important safety notes DANGER When a suitable device is connected the 115 V power socket will be carrying a high voltage You could receive an electric shock if the connector cable or the 115 V power Feature
344. n can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to eliminate this risk completely is never to place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint on the rear seat If you install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat make sure the Be k indicator lamp is illuminated Pie that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the B iss indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the Zh ke indicator lamp while driving to make sure that the 3 k indicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes o
345. n has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate if the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will be repeated every time the vehicle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation gt page 318 Note that the correct tire pressure for the current operating situation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned
346. n increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not performed correctly to the doors or door paneling as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door paneling carried out at a qualified specialist workshop You should only use seat covers that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz The seat covers must have a special tear seam for side impact air bags Otherwise the side impact air bags cannot deploy correctly and therefore cannot provide the Occupant safety intended protection in the event of an accident When deployed the side impact air bags offer additional protection for the thorax of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs However they do not protect the e head e neck e arms Front side impact air bags and rear side impact air bags 2 deploy next to the outer seat cushions The side impact air bags are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e
347. n instructions gt Press the seat belt release button and guide the belt tongue to the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactivated Z WARNING Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors in the rear Z WARNING Children that are too large for a child restraint must travel in seats using normal seat belts Position shoulder belt across the chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install the child restraint system in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Attach the child restraint system to both securing rings An incorrectly installed child restraint system could come loose during an accident and seriously or even fatally injure the child Child restraint systems or child seat securing rings that are malfunctioning or damaged as the result of a collision must be replaced LATCH type ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats Securing rings for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right of the rear seats Secure non LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems using the vehicle s s
348. n lock gt Press or pull the switch in the corresponding direction if you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by operating the switch again The automatic raising feature is available only when the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed Sliding sunroof General notes The roller sunblinds shield the vehicle interior from sunlight The two roller sunblinds can only be opened and closed together when the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed A WARNING When opening or closing the roller sunblind parts of the body could be trapped between the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stopped Roller sunblind reversing feature The roller sunblinds are equipped with an automatic reversing feature If an object blocks or restricts the roller sunblind during the closing process the roller sunblind opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relie
349. n position N Starting procedure with the SmartKey To start the engine using the SmartKey instead of KEYLESS GO pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the ignition lock gt page 147 and release it as soon as the engine is running Using KEYLESS GO to start the engine You can start the engine if a valid SmartKey with the integrated KEYLESS GO function is in the vehicle Always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle even if you only leave it for a short time Pay attention to the important safety notes i Driving and parking El Driving and parking The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle without inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button once gt page 148 The engine starts Automatic transmission Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Itis only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then is the select
350. n the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from Children in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Children may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Protect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle becoming a projectile in the event of an If an infant or child is traveling in the vehicle accident gt Secure the child with a child or infant seat restraint system appropriate to the age and Z WARNING weight of the child If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle gt Make sure that the infant or child is they could properly secured at all times while the e open the doors thus endangering other vehicle is in motion people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic Special seat be
351. n the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the trunk on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicle tool kit in the stowage compartment under the trunk floor gt page 300 Dashboard fuse box H Do not use a pointed object such as a screwdriver to open the cover in the dashboard You could damage the dashboard or the cover H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses CAT NNI Fuses gt To open pull out cover 4 slightly at the bottom in the direction of arrow Q gt Pull cover Q outwards in the direction of arrow 2 and remove it gt To close clip in cover Q on the front of the dashboard gt Fold cover Q inwards until it engages Fuse box in the engine compartment Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moistur
352. n the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO Parking lamps H If the battery has been excessively discharged the parking lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the z002 parking lamps for several hours If possible switch on the right or the pP left standing lamp lt gt gt To switch on turn the light switch to 300 The green indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illuminated gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey is not in the ignition lock or it is in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to of the vehicle or P the vehicle pz left hand side right hand side of Turn signal High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly
353. nction can be activated if the engine has been switched off automatically It is then not necessary to continue applying the brakes during the automatic stop phase When you depress the accelerator pedal the engine starts automatically and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated Automatic engine start General notes The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e you engage reverse gear R e the vehicle starts to roll E Driving and parking El Driving and parking Driving e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior deviates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the windshield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the condition of charge of the battery is too low e the driver s seat belt is removed or the driver s door is opened Vehicles with automatic transmission The engine is started automatically if you e release the brake pedal when HOLD is not activated and the transmission is in position D or N e depress the accelerator pedal e move the transmission out of position P Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine if you shift the transmission from R to D the ECO start stop function is available again once the ECO symbol reappears in green in the multifunction display Deactivating activating the ECO start stop func
354. nd on the infant or child restraint This results in the force exerted on the AN WARNING occupant being distributed over a greater According to accident statistics children are area safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that e children be placed in the rear seats whenever ystems possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be Seated and properly secured in an appropriate Mercedes Benz recommends that you always infant restraint toddler restraint or booster properly secure all infants and children with seat recommended for the size and weight of a child or infant seat restraint system for the the child A Ga Important safety notes trip The infant or child restraint must be properly The use of seat belts and infant and child secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat restraint systems is required by law in belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt e all Canadian provinces properly and use an appropriately sized infant Infants and children must always be seated in restraint toddler restraint or booster seat an appropriate infant or child restraint system recommended f
355. nding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Collision warning If avehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp Q flashes If the turn signal remains on vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp C There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Blind Spot Assist gt page 214 is activated in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Lane Keeping Assist General notes Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and warns you before you leave your lane unintentionally P54 00 2813 31 Active Lane Keeping Assist camera If you select km
356. ne Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display message disappears Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Clean the windshield Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop E On board computer and displays Display messages Lal On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily Currently inoperative Possible causes are Unavailable See e the sensors are dirty Operator s Euan a Veme l r NENE e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow Blind Spot Assist e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature Currently onec Unavailable See e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to Operator
357. ne of a lower grade is used for refueling observe the following precautions e only fill the fuel tank to half full with regular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest with premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e do not drive at the maximum speed e avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds above 3000 rpm e never refuel using fuel with an octane number lower than 87 Otherwise engine failure could occur Using mixtures of methanol and ethanol is not permitted E10 fuel or E15 fuel unleaded gasoline with 10 or 15 ethanol can be used You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assistance For further information consult a qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http www mbusa com USA only Information on refueling gt page 162 AMG vehicles Additives H Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recommended by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommended additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Py Technical data E Technical data Service products and filling capacities Mercedes Benz recommends
358. ne or e opened the hood A tone may also sound at regular intervals If you attempt to lock the vehicle the tone becomes louder You cannot start the engine gt Shift the transmission to position P You can restart the engine The trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid The hood is open A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Close the hood At least one door is open gt Close all the doors The backrest in the rear is not engaged on the left hand and or right hand side gt Push the backrest back until it engages E On board computer and displays Display messages E On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The power steering is malfunctioning A A warning tone also sounds Power Steering E Malfunction See A WARNING Operator s Manual You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Phone No Service Your
359. neral notes on the oil level Depending on the driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil over a distance of 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement Checking the oil level using the oil dipstick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following P01 00 3430 31 Example AMG vehicles gt Park the vehicle on a level surface Engine compartment To check the oil level with the engine at operating temperature switch the engine off and wait for approximately five minutes gt Pull oil dipstick out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and ta
360. ng Standards are U S government specifications Their Z WARNING purpose is to provide drivers with uniform The traction grade assigned to this tire is reliable information on tire performance data based on straight ahead braking traction tire manufacturers have to grade tires using tests and does not include acceleration three performance factors tread wear Q cornering hydroplaning or peak traction tire traction and heat resistance G All characteristics tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality class mark on the sidewall of the tire even though these regulations do not apply to Canada The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on a wet surface as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfaces You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm for all four winter tires gt page 316 to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road
361. ng speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrevving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Before the engine speed reaches the red area an upshift indicator appears in the multifunction _ Di Gear indicator Upshift indicator Shift recommendation P54 33 2821 31 The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The recommended gear is shown in the multifunction display E Driving and parking Driving and parking Automatic transmission gt If corresponding gearshift recommendation Q appears in the multifunction display on the instrument cluster pull on the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 157 The automatic transmission shifts to recommended gear 2 Downshifting gt Briefly press the selector lever to the left towards D or gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 157 The automatic transmission shifts down to the next gear if you brake the vehicle or stop without shifting down the automatic transmission will shift down to a gear that will allow the vehicle to accelerate or pull away again Vehicles with the dynamic handling package to avoid overrevving the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission does not shift
362. ng tone also sounds gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all doors and lock the vehicle again Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warning tone sounds for up to six seconds 4 The red seat belt warning lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 56 The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 56 The warning tone ceases The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 56 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning s
363. nge by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts completely P40 10 5966 31 The jacking points are located just behind the wheel housings of the front wheels and just in front of the wheel housings of the rear wheels arrows P40 10 5967 31 gt Position jack at jacking point P40 10 5216 31 gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn crank clockwise until jack sits completely on jacking point 2 and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn crank until the tire is raised a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or ona dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in gt Unscrew the wheel bolts gt Remove the wheel Z WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving Mounting a wheel Z WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the v
364. nger be adjusted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a rear end collision Important safety notes Z WARNING For reasons of safety have the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision Occupant safety Z WARNING When pushing back the NECK PRO head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failure to observe this could result in injuries NECK PRO head restraints Resetting the NECK PRO head restraints requires a lot of strength If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Tilt the top of the NECK PRO head restraint cushion forwards in the direction of arrow Q gt Push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion down in the direction of arrow 2 as far as it will go gt Firmly push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion back in the direction of arrow until the cushion engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO head restraint NECK PRO luxury head restraints If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO luxury head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist worksh
365. ngs for the removable towing eyes Switch on the hazard warning lamps are located in the bumpers They are at the gt page 117 front and at the rear behind the covers gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt When leaving the vehicle take the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO key with you It is important that you observe the safety instructions when towing away your vehicle gt page 308 gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 117 When towing with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the switch as usual to signal a change of direction of the anew direction In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash After F Breakdown assistance gt Take cover Q off the opening resetting the combination switch the gt Screw in and tighten the towing eye hazard warning lamp starts flashing again clockwise to the stop gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Removing the towing eye gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the automatic transmission to position N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt Attach cover to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit
366. nical key button If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door or the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 73 gt To end the alarm insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock With KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock beforehand If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key P80 20 3612 3 gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey Important safety notes Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substances If batteries are swallowed it can result in severe health problems There is a risk of fatal injury SmartKey Keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical attention immediately Checking the battery P80 35 2455 31 gt Press mechanical key into the SmartKey opening in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover Q opens Do not hold battery compartment cover 4 P80 35 2454 31 closed while doing so gt Remove battery compartment cover Q gt Press the or a button The b
367. ning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 321 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display message and has not been restarted since gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 321 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 322 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 325 Display messages Check Tires Warning Tire Malfunction Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the following hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention t
368. nk capacity Folding the seat backrest forward gt Pull right hand or left hand rear seat backrest release handle The corresponding rear seat backrest is 7 oO iad D gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary 2 H Make sure that the seat belt does not v become trapped when folding the rear seat an N backrest back Otherwise it could be gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat damaged o forward if necessary ae a gt Open the trunk gt Fold rear seat backrest Q back until it engages If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunction display in the instrument released cluster A warning tone also sounds gt Fully insert the rear seat backrest head restraints You should always engage the rear seat backrests if you do not need the through loading feature This will prevent unauthorized access to the trunk from the vehicle interior gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 102 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Securing cargo gt Fold rear seat backrest 2 forwards r ie down rin gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat Cargo tie do gS back if necessary Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 262 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down rings Stowage areas e Distribute th
369. no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt page 164 gt Locate the KEYLESS GO key The KEYLESS GO key is not detected while the engine is running because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The KEYLESS GO key cannot be detected at present gt Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEYLESS GO functions in the vehicle If the KEYLESS GO key is still not detected gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The KEYLESS GO key has been detected inside the vehicle during locking gt Remove the KEYLESS GO key from the vehicle E On board computer and displays LI On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Display messages Remove Start Button and Insert Key Close Doors to Lock Vehicle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The KEYLESS GO key can continuously not be detected KEYLESS GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective A warni
370. not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exceeded e using engine oil additives H Do not add too much oil If the oil level is above the max mark on the dipstick too much oil has been added This can lead to damage to the engine or the catalytic converter Have excess oil siphoned off U C Example engine oil cap gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add engine oil If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 I of engine oil gt Replace cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise Ensure that the cap locks into place securely gt Check the oil level again with the oil dipstick gt page 289 Further information on engine oil gt page 354 Checking coolant level Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compartment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING The engine cooling system is pressurized particularly when the engine is warm When opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury Let the engine cool down before opening the cap Wear eye and h
371. nstead when cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean genuine leather artificial leather or Alcantara covers If used often these can damage the cover Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time Genuine leather seat covers Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e Differences in the texture e Signs of stretching and marking e Slight nuances of color These are characteristics of leather and not material defects H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the covers down with a dry cloth e Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked e Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a qualified specialist
372. nstructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 242 if the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated the tire pressures may be displayed for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the correct positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the reference values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values Tire pressure gt Set the tire pressure to the value recommended for the corresponding driving situation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 318 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 318 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu
373. nsumers and drive position 3 To start the engine The steering is locked when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The SmartKey can be turned in the ignition lock even if it is not the correct SmartKey for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started 147 E Driving and parking EI Driving and parking Driving KEYLESS GO General notes e Do not keep the KEYLESS GO key with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can impair the functionality of the KEYLESS GO key Vehicles with KEYLESS GO are equipped with a SmartKey featuring an integrated KEYLESS GO function and a detachable Start Stop button The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different key positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immediately The Start Stop button can be removed from the ignition lock Then you can insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle You should however always take
374. nt systems and functions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all systems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Service and literature Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission Systems Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Information for customers in California Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express
375. nts may also be damaged There is a risk of accident Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components are located in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the electronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified specialist workshop Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 338 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressures Information on changing tires and mounting the spare wheel gt page 338 Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these
376. o impaired in the event of e dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e avehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehicle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop This also applies to collisions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Function To avoid a collision BAS PLUS calculates the brake force necessary if e you approach an obstacle and e BAS PLUS has detected a risk of collision When driving at a speed under 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal BAS PLUS is activated The increase in brake pressure will be carried out at the last possible moment When driving at a speed above 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal sharply BAS PLUS automatically raises the brake pressure to a value adapted to the traffic situation BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in hazardous situations with vehicles in front within a speed range between 4 mph 7 km h and 155 mph 250 km h At speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS can also react to stationary objects Examples of stationary objects are stopped or parked vehicles
377. o read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button or which you have programmed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indicator lamp Q lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp Q lights up yellow Press button 2 or again if necessary Clearing the memory gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press buttons 2 and The indicator lamp lights up yellow gt Press and hold buttons and until the indicator lamp turns green Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another gt Slide the seat backwards gt To insta
378. o the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 301 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 322 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 301 E On board computer and displays E On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Tire Press Monitor Currently Unavailable TirePress Sensor s Missing Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors Tire pressure monitor Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received from the wheel sensors The tire p
379. ock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist workshop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt f necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt f necessary have the locks changed as well Problem The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey The on board voltage lighting and try to If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 302 or gt Jump start the vehi or gt Consult a qualified The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey doing this turn the The engine cannot be started using KEYLESS easily GO The SmartKey isin Close the door and the vehicle There is interference The steering lock is mechanically blocked gt Remove the SmartKey and reinsert it into the ignition lock While Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior start the engine again cle gt page 306 specialist workshop Opening and closing fi steering wheel in both directions A door is open Therefore the SmartKey cannot be detected as try to start the vehicle again from a powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Z WARNING If chi
380. ocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the trunk lid gt Press the locking button gt page 82 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs manually if necessary gt page 82 gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 78 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go Opening and closing E c a7 2 gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position 1 x gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it 5 gt Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid a are locked O gt Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey Ifyou lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not armed Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of po
381. ocks and opens windows When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the b gt Opening and closing Ps Opening and closing LI Side windows vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children The side windows are equipped with an automatic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window during the closing process the side window opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing a side window A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fingers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the side window again manually i
382. ockwise to position The glove box can be cooled gt page 143 Eyeglasses compartment There is a compartment to stow eyeglasses in the headliner on the driver s side el F Stowage and features gt To open pull down eyeglasses compartment Q by the handle Stowage compartment under the armrest gt To open press left hand button or right hand button The stowage compartment opens Depending on the vehicle s equipment a USB connection and an AUX IN connection or a Media Interface are installed in the stowage compartment A Media Interface lee Stowage and features Stowage areas is a universal interface for portable audio equipment e g for an iPod or MP3 player see the separate Audio or COMAND Operating Instructions Stowage compartment under the front seats Z WARNING If you exceed the maximum load for the stowage compartment the cover may not be able to restrain the items Items may be thrown out of the stowage compartment and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Never exceed the maximum permissible load for the stowage compartment Stow and secure heavy objects in the trunk The maximum permissible load of the stowage compartment is 3 3 Ibs 1 5 kg gt To open pull handle Q up and fold cover 2 forwards Stowage space in the rear Stowage co
383. ody parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure Proceed as follows if someone is trapped With the SmartKey e release the button e press and hold the a button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel open again Using KEYLESS GO e release the sensor surface on the door handle e pull the door handle immediately and hold it The side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel open Using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle Opening and closing Opening and closing LI Side windows gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Press and hold the button again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release the button Using KEYLESS GO The KEYLESS GO key must be outside the vehicle All the doors must be closed gt Touch recesse
384. of injury gt Drive on carefully gt Have SRS checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Supplemental Restraint System see gt page 41 E On board computer and displays Ll On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running m The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion In addition the 3 Check Engine warning lamp may light up w The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system e in the fuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states you must immediately visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up This is due to the legal requirements in effect in these states If in doubt check whether such legal regulations apply in the state in which you are currently driving The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly o
385. og heavy rain or snow e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are obscured General notes You can use this function to set the headlamps to change between low beam and high beam automatically The system recognizes vehicles with their lights on either approaching from the opposite direction or traveling in front of your vehicle and consequently switches the headlamps from high beam to low beam The system automatically adapts the low beam headlamp range depending on the distance to the other vehicle Once the system no longer detects any other vehicles it reactivates the high beam headlamps The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control panel P82 10 6449 31 Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on off gt To activate activate the Adaptive Highbeam Assist function using the on board computer gt page 216 gt Turn the light switch to gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow gt page 116 The indicator lamp in the multifunction display lights up if it is dark and the light sensor activates the low beam headlamps If you are driving at speeds above approximately 28 mph 45 km h The headlamp range is set automatically depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users If you are driving at speeds above approximately 35 mph 55 km h and no other road users have been detected AUTO
386. ol a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accessories This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Narrow bars tread wear bars that are distributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of io in 1 6 mm has been reached The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg 150 Ibs multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle l Wheels and tires Mounting a wheel Changing a wheel You can find information on what to do in the event of a flat tire in the Flat tire section page 301 Information on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 301 N WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension compone
387. on gt Turn the combination switch to the corresponding position H Intermittent wiping with rain sensor due to optical influences and the windshield becoming dirty in dry weather conditions the windshield wipers may be activated inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather In the or position the appropriate wiping frequency is set automatically according to the intensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wipers to wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic Lights and windshield wipers E Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers L conditions Replace the wiper blades twice a year ideally in spring and fall Important safety notes N WARNING If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades you could be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades H Never open the hood if a windshield wiper arm has been folded away from the windshield Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade bac
388. on Q for approximately one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again panic button 1 or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt Press the KEYLESS GO Start Stop button The KEYLESS GO key must be in the vehicle Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint system consists of e seat belts e child restraint systems e LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors Additional protection is provided by e SRS Supplemental Restraint System e NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints e air bag system components with PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS The different air bag systems work independently of each other The protective functions of the system work in conjunction with each other Not all air bags are always deployed in an accident Z WARNING Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is ex
389. on Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Steering wheel Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Problems with the seat ventilation The seat ventilation has switched off prematurely or cannot be switched on The vehicle s electrical system voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Steering wheel Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Seats steering wheel and mirrors k Steering wheel Adjusting the steering wheel manually Z WARNING If the steering wheel is unlocke
390. on the on board computer in the Display Unit Speed Odometer function gt page 215 Lane Keeping Assist is active starting at a speed of 60 km h If the mi les display unit is selected the assistance range begins at 40 mph A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steering wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist Driving systems Z WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the original lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in t
391. onary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine compartment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away H if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations To prevent damage to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the following or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Deactivating the HOLD function gt page 183 Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary the engine is running or if it has been automatically switched off by the ECO start stop function the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the parking brake is released e the hood is closed e the transmission is in
392. ons e Calling up display messages gt page 222 e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 321 e Checking the tire pressure electronically gt page 322 e Calling up the service due date gt page 286 Settings menu Introduction Instr Cluster P54 33 2430 31 Menus and submenus Inthe Settings menu you have the following options e Changing the instrument cluster settings gt page 215 e Changing the light settings gt page 216 e Changing the vehicle settings gt page 217 e Changing the convenience settings gt page 218 e Restoring the factory settings gt page 219 Instrument cluster Selecting the unit of measurement for distance The Display Unit Speed Odometer function allows you to choose whether certain displays appear in kilometers or miles in the multifunction display You can determine whether the multifunction display shows some messages in miles or kilometers gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instr Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer function You will see the selected setting km or miles gt Press the button to save the setting OK The selected unit of measu
393. op e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A o Ge N gt Remove resetting tool Q from the vehicle document wallet gt Slide resetting tool Q into guide between the NECK PRO luxury head restraint and the rear cover of the head restraint gt Push resetting tool Q downwards until you hear the head restraint deployment mechanism engage gt Pull out resetting tool Q gt Firmly press the NECK PRO luxury head restraint cushion back until it engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO luxury head restraint gt Put resetting tool Q back into the vehicle document wallet Important safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened when the vehicle is in motion See Children in the vehicle gt page 59 for further information on infants and children traveling in the vehicle as well as on child restraint systems Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if the backrest is not in the upright position When braking or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury
394. or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Belt Adjustment function When the Belt Adjustment function is activated the vehicle seat belt is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting For further information on belt adjustment see gt page 56 Switching the fold in mirrors with the locking feature on off This function is only available on vehicles with the memory function gt page 110 This function is only available in Canada When you activate the Auto Mirror Folding function the exterior mirrors are folded in when the vehicle is locked If you unlock the vehicle and then open a door the exterior mirrors fold out again gt Press the lt or button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or A button to select the Convenience submenu Menus and submenus gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Auto Mirror Folding function ae If the Auto Mirror Folding function is E 154 F Sn activated the vehicle s exterior mirror is i displayed in orange in the multifunction AA
395. or Start Stop button in position 0 or 1 as ESP will gt Apply the parking brake gt Pry off selector lever gaiter Q with a flat blunt object e g a screwdriver wrapped in ia Driving and parking Refueling otherwise automatically intervene The brake system could otherwise be damaged H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Refueling Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explosion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance without delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assistance without delay Do not induce vomiting e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Z WARNING Electrostatic buildup can creat
396. or lever lock released gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the transmission to position D or R gt Release the parking brake gt page 165 gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal H If a warning tone sounds and the Release Park Brake message appears in the multifunction display the parking brake is still applied Release the parking brake The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic locking feature gt page 217 Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to depress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no longer brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist gt Tak
397. or the size and weight of the recommended for the size and weight of the child e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia child The infant or child restraint system Children can be killed or seriously injured by must be properly secured in accordance with an inflating air bag Note the following the manufacturer s instructions important information when circumstances All infant or child restraint systems mustmeet require you to place a child in the front the following standards passenger seat e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag Standards 213 and 225 technology designed to deactivate the front e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards passenger front air bag in your vehicle 213 and 210 2 when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found e For children larger than the typical in the installation instructions that are 12 month old child the front passenger included with the child restraint system front air bag may or may not be activated Always make sure the 8 k indicator b gt A Oo ee N Children in the vehicle lampis illumina
398. ot on the pavement for example Parking Guidance may not detect flat curbs Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the parking space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered overgrown or partially occupied by trailer drawbars might be identified incorrectly or not at all e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 186 warning messages during the parking procedure e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you must not use Parking Guidance e Never use Parking Guidance with snow chains or an emergency spare wheel mounted e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct effect on the steering instructions e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on various factors These include the position and shape of the vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location In some cases Parking Guidance may guide you too far or not far enough into a parking space In some cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If necessary cancel the parking procedure with Parking Guidance H If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires Driving systems Detecting parking spaces Detected parking space on the left Parking
399. ou now switch on a turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corresponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q If the vehicle returns to a speed of over 6 mph 10 km h after a full application of the brakes the hazard warning lamps are deactivated automatically The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off The headlamps are cleaned automatically if the Wipe with washer fluid function is operated five times while the lights are on and the engine is running gt page 125 When you switch off the ignition the automatic headlamp cleaning system is reset and counting is resumed from 0 Lights and windshield wipers E Lights and windshield wipers Le Exterior lighting The active light function is a system that moves the headlamps according to the steering movements of the front wheels In this way relevant areas remain illuminated while driving This allows you to recognize pedestrians cyclists and animals Active when the lights are switched on Cornering light function The cornering light function improves the illumination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better visibility in tight bends for example The cornering light function can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving at speeds
400. ounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The car is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 56 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The car is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases E On board computer and displays Lal On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir Z WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 1
401. ove the SmartKey from the ignition r lock gt KEYLESS GO open the driver s door This corresponds to key position 0 key removed The driver s door can be closed again gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow Q The fuel filler flap opens slightly gt Open the fuel filler flap fully gt Turn the fuel filler flap counter clockwise gt Open the right hand side trim panel and remove it gt page 312 gt Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder gt Pull emergency release in the direction bracket on the inside of filler flap af the Arrow gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel The fuel filler flap is unlocked pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off m Driving and parking gt Open the fuel filler flap Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out To close gt Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly gt Close the fuel filler flap Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle if you are driving with the fuel filler cap open the gm reserve fuel warning lamp flashes A message appears in the multifunction display gt page 236 In addition the i Check Engine warning lamp may light up gt page 256 El Driving and parking Parking
402. own in the multifunction display E On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating correctly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 47 Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed La On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions X The left or right hand cornering light is defective E Lart gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Cornering gt pege 121 LightorCheck Right Cornering Light gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop XW The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective NA gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Left Low gt page 121 BeamorCheck Right Low Beam or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop IOF The rear
403. p There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine braking on a slippery road surface DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the exhaust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate supply of fresh air open a window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop at the onset of winter Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 316 Driving with summer tires Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 316 Slippery road surfaces Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine braking on a slippery road surface Driving systems Drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped
404. parking Driving systems store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accelerating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed To deactivate cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds In the multifunction display the segments between the stored speed and the maximum speed light up Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired spe
405. permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires make sure that you use only tires e of the size specified for the vehicle and e marked MOExtended If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a standard tire may be used as a temporary measure Make sure that you use the proper size and type summer or winter tire Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when cornering accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case Battery vehicle Special tools and expert knowledge are required when working on the battery e g removal
406. ps on off Switch eee 115 Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board COMPUTE sesiis eese 216 Switching the surround lighting on off on board computer 216 TUM SIENAS e cceecesceseeseeieeseeceestene 116 see Interior lighting see Replacing bulbs Light sensor display message 232 Loading guidelines ee 262 Locking see Central locking Locking doors AULOMALIC eal Sanita sede 83 Emergency locking cceseeeeseees 83 From inside central locking DUTON kosteen a 82 Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on board computer eeeeeeeeee 217 Low beam headlamps Changing bulbs ssiiisesisisu suisui 122 Display message s e 230 Setting for driving abroad symmetrical sirere isre 114 Switching On Off seese 115 Lumbar support ACUUSTING ecaccceanees casctasceesiacnesastacences 103 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar SUP PONE c isiciecss cosisesetsssesesieveins vices 103 Luxury head restraints 102 MES tires 6 05 cc cctiess ecteneti esses decntenness 316 Malfunction message see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instructions 294 mbrace Call Priority sus s2 cescssvecsasssserennssnaese 277 Display message seese 225 Downloading destinations COMAND voreres Tusti 277 Downloading routes sse 280 Emergency calli isierse seere 274 General notes GEO TENGING risisviksiscsasiiresssusatuidsni Lo
407. quire considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If you operate mobile communication equipment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are driving Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel gt The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure gt Remove unnecessary loads gt Remove roof racks when they are not needed gt Warm up the engine at low engine speeds gt Avoid frequent acceleration or braking gt Have all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or by the service interval display Fuel consumption also increases when driving in cold weather in stop start
408. r compartment separately If the battery is not sufficiently charged blower output may be reduced As soon as the battery is sufficiently charged full blower output will be available This function is only available in vehicles for Canada button button lights gt To activate press the zone The indicator lamp in the zon up Dual zone automatic climate control the temperature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side 3 zone automatic climate control the temperature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side and the rear compartment mi When the buttons for temperature airflow or air distribution are pressed the temperature setting on the driver s side is not adopted for the other climate control zones button button goes gt To deactivate press the zone The indicator lamp in the out Dual zone automatic climate control the temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side 3 zone automatic climate control the temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side and the rear compartment You can use this function to defrost the windshield or to defrost the inside of the windshield and the side windows ZONE You should only select the windshield defrosting function until the windshield is clear again gt Turn th
409. r accelerate e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP or PRE SAFE Brake e ESP is switched off e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is detected Switching on Active Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 214 is activated in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Active Lane Keeping Assist General notes Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of a camera Q mounted at the top of the windshield Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and warns you before you leave your lane unintentionally If you do not react to the warning a lane correcting application of the brakes can bring the vehicle back into the original lane Driving systems i P54 00 2813 31 Active Lane Keeping Assist camera If you select km on the on board computer in the Display Unit Speed Odometer function gt page 215 Active Lane Keeping Assist is activated starting at a speed of 60 km h lf the mi les display unit is selected the assistance range begins at 40 mph Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account th
410. r information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electronically section gt page 324 Important safety notes Z WARNING Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire Tire pressure pressure even if underinflatio
411. r on drive sooner program selector lights up in red e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the The automatic transmission shifts to accelerator pedal is depressed fully automatic drive program C each time the engine is started Driving and parking Automatic transmission e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e the automatic transmission shifting up sooner This results in the vehicle being driven at lower engine speeds and the wheels being less likely to spin Drive program S drive programs S and S on MAG vehicles is characterized by the following e sporty engine and automatic transmission settings e the vehicle pulling away in first gear e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmission shift points Introduction When the automatic transmission is in position D it is possible to restrict or derestrict the shift range gt page 158 The shift range selected is shown in the multifunction display The automatic transmission shifts only as far as the selected gear Shift range 3 You can use the engine s braking effect You can use the braking effect of the engine on downhill gradients and for driving 2 e on steep mountain roads e in mountainous terrain e in arduous conditions To use the braking effec
412. r the fuel system is leaking gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist workshop The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem ae The red coolant warning lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant temperature gauge is at the start of the scale Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is defective The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop E On board computer and displays Ll On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem k The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running z5 The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running A warning
413. raise To open To close lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the E5 switch in the corresponding direction if you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by operating the switch again The automatic opening and raising feature is available only when the sliding sunroof is closed The sun protection cover automatically opens along with the sliding sunroof You can open or close the sun protection cover manually when the sliding sunroof is raised or closed Resetting Reset the sliding sunroof if it does not move smoothly gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Raise the sliding sunroof fully at the rear gt page 92 gt Keep the BS second switch pressed for another gt Make sure that the sliding sunroof can be fully opened and closed again gt page 92 gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed fully after resetting contact a qualified specialist workshop Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel can only be operated when the roller sunblind is open gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignitio
414. ransmission position and the direction in which the vehicle is rolling determine which warning display is active when the engine is running PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 Transmission Warning display in the ignition lock position i D Front area activated R Northe vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling activated backwards P No areas activated One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle Driving systems El Driving and parking Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is deactivated after approximately 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is deactivated after approximately 20 seconds ultrasound waves Parking Guidance Important safety notes Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound Ultrasound is used to measure the road on both sides of the vehicle A suitable parking space is indicated by the parking symbol You receive steering instructions when parking You may also use PARKTRONIC gt page 185 Parking Guidance is only an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings
415. rating V3 C350 C 350 4MATIC conditions gt page 318 Check tire pressures regularly and only V4 C63 AMG when the tires are cold Comply with the maintenance recommendations of the tire Not all wheel and tire combinations are manufacturer in the vehicle document available at the factory for all countries wallet In the following table the wheel tire combinations are assigned to the vehicle models through variants e g V1 V2 etc Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time summer tires winter tires MOExtended tires M Wheels and tires On the following pages you can find information on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you would like to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires you may also in certain circumstances require rims of the appropriate size The size of the approved winter tires may deviate from that of the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory Wheel and tire combinations Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm Summer tires Alloy wheels Vi V2 V3 V4 BA 225 45 R17 91 W Hos 08 WF al Q e E MOExtended 14 Wheel offset 1 85 in 47 mm FA 225 45 R17 91W 7x 17 h2 e e MOExtended Wheel
416. rating instructions Y switches to the phone book and e Hides display messages calls o selects a name or telephone up the last Trip menu function 2 number used 6 Press and hold e Exits the telephone book redial Y e inthe Audio menu selects the Mwg i previous next station or selects I Press and hold an awel T che yideolscene e Calls up the standard display in using rapid scrolling the Trip menu e In the Tel Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling of the phone book if it is open Multifunction display OK Confirms a selection display Values and settings as well as display message e In the Tel Telephone menu switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number e In the Audio menu stops the station search function at the desired station messages are shown in the multifunction display Right control panel EQ Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial ae scindicalaict l memory a a display for automatic Makes or accepts a call Text field e Switches to the redial memory Menu bar Drive program Time Permanent display outside temperature or speed gt page 216 Transmission position gt To show menu bar 2 press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel Menu bar disappears after a few seconds Text field Q shows the selected menu or submenu as well as display messages You can set the time using the audio
417. rating the climate control systems Problems with the rear window defroster Problem The rear window defroster has deactivated prematurely or cannot be activated General notes You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle from outside The air already inside the vehicle will then be recirculated If you switch on air recirculation mode the windows can fog up more quickly in particular at low temperatures Only use air recirculation mode briefly to prevent the windows from fogging up The operation of air recirculation mode is the same for all control panels Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt To activate press the 6 amp 5 button The indicator lamp in the eZoj button lights up In the event of high pollution levels or at high outside temperatures air recirculation mode is automatically activated When air recirculation mode is activated automatically the indicator lamp in the 6 amp 9 button is not lit Outside air is added after about 30 minutes 9 3 zone automatic climate control only Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery has not been sufficiently charged gt Switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading lamps interior lighting or the seat heating When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window d
418. re Option 3 The tire pressure for the emergency collapsible spare wheel depending on vehicle equipment can be found e printed in yellow on the rim of the emergency collapsible spare wheel e in the Wheel and tire combinations section gt page 342 in this Operator s Manual e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pressure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve To test tire pressure use a Suitable tire pressure gaug
419. re mounted on your vehicle s tires e road conditions are wintry e you are driving on sand or gravel e you adopt a very sporty driving style cornering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you are driving with a heavy load in the vehicle or on the roof Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires gt Before restarting make sure that the tire pressures are set properly on all four tires for the respective operating conditions The recommended tire pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side A tire pressure table is also affixed to the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system can only give reliable warnings if you have set the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be monitored gt Observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 318 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 gt page 147 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button on the steering wheel to select the Tire Pressure menu gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Rest
420. ree red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected If the battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off Driver s and front passenger seat The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Problems with the seat heating Problem The seat heating has switched off prematurely or cannot be switched on Activating deactivating The three blue indicator lamps in the buttons indicate the ventilation level you have selected if the battery voltage is too low the seat ventilation may switch off gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set You can open the side windows and the sliding sunroof using the Convenience opening feature gt page 89 The seat ventilation of the driver s seat automatically switches to the highest level gt To switch off press butt
421. rement for distance applies to e the digital speedometer in the Trip menu e the odometer and the trip odometer e the trip computer e current consumption and the range e the navigation instructions in the Navi menu e cruise control E On board computer and displays ka On board computer and displays Menus and submenus e DISTRONIC PLUS e ASSYST PLUS service interval display Selecting the permanent display function You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows your speed or the outside temperature gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Permanent Display function You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Additional Speedometer km h Additiona Speedometer mph gt Press the OK button to save the setting Lights Switching the daytime running lamps on off Daytime running lamps are required by law Canada only You cannot set the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Presst
422. replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once the tread depth is approximately 116 in 1 6 mm If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced Bar indicator Q for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a different type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section page 301 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e After mounting new tires break them in at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km as they only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel gt page 346 With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor and on whe
423. ressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes The tire pressure monitor is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Slice wo PY ere Ne to Start Engine Risk of Rolling Sai wo PR Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P or N You have attempted to stop the engine with the Start Stop button while the transmission was not in position P gt Shift the transmission to position P Display messages Rear Left Backrest Not Latched or Rear Right Backrest Not Latched Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions While the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is active you have e opened the driver s door and released the seat belt or e switched off the engi
424. risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop H if the front passenger seat is not occupied do not engage the seat belt tongue in the buckle on the front passenger seat Otherwise the Emergency Tensioning Device could be triggered in the event of an accident Vehicles with PRE SAFE Emergency Tensioning Devices that are triggered by an electric motor can be deployed as often as desired and do not need to be replaced The seat belts for the front seats and rear outer seats are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The ETDs tighten the seat belts in an accident pulling them close against the body The ETDs do not correct incorrect seat positions or incorrectly fastened seat belts The ETDs do not pull vehicle occupants back towards the backrest The ETDs can only be activated when e the ignition is switched on e the restraint systems are operational see SRS warning lamp gt page 41 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on each of the lap shoulder belts in the front e the front passenger seat is occupied and the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the front passenger side The ETDs on the outside seats in the rear compartment are triggered independently of the lock status of the seat belts The Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggered depending on the type
425. ristics cee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 335 CHECKING oe sctsssccectietiee sens ete 315 Definition of terms eeeeeeee 335 Direction of rotation eee 338 Display message eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 242 Distribution of the vehicle occupants definition 337 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN esses erns e ai 334 DOT Department of Transportation definition 335 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating QEFIMILION scsasevesaessivevesecteesrecteteseess 336 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight EFIMILION wesc soesicversceessenvtsscesstenecns 336 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating definition eee 336 Important safety notes 314 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 335 Kilopascal kPa definition 336 Labeling overview ceeeeseees 331 Load bearing index definition 337 Load Nde onere 334 Load index definition 336 MIS tir Snee 316 Maximum loaded vehicle weight dEefINItION ccvevevesecssdecncsctevsstsessteveess 336 Maximum load on a tire definition 336 Maximum permissible tire pressure definition 00000000000 336 Maximum tire load ssssssesseeeseeeee 329 Maximum tire load definition 336 MOExtended tires 20 0 eeeeeeeseeeeeee 301 Optional equipment weight CE FIMILION sessisevecssipcestesececssesscrses 337 PSI pounds per square inch definition cesses sescesaceeesais
426. river s air bag cy GOS 774 2 AIR BAG OFF Occupant safety If the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock or is in position 0 the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up Z WARNING If the red amp SRS warning lamp in the instrument cluster and the 3 indicator lamp light up simultaneously the OCS is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked by qualified technicians as soon as possible Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center PASS Jair Bac OFF In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e When seated a passenger should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the passenger s weight to be lifted from the seat cushion as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the passenger s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter System self test The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up if you e turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock e press the KEYLESS GO Start Stop button once or twice on vehicles with KEYLESS GO When an adult is sitting correctly on the front passeng
427. riving stability e engine torque is restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting action for better traction on loose surfaces e traction control is still activated PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e PRE SAFE Brake is no longer available it is also not activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes ESP still provides support when you brake General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pressure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 Z WARNING If EBD has malfunctioned the rear wheels can still lock e g under full braking This increases the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified specialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 250 as well as display messages gt page 224 ADA BRAKE ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addition to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 182 and hill start assist gt page 150 For further information see Driving tips gt page 168
428. riving style is The ECO display assists you in achieving the optimum driving style in terms of consumption taking the actual and selected conditions into consideration Your driving style can significantly influence the vehicle s consumption ECO DISPLAY 62 From Start Acceleration Constant Coasting Example ECO display The ECO display consists of three bars e Acceleration e Constant e Coasting The percent value is the average value of the three bars The three bars and the mean value begin at the value of 50 A higher percentage indicates a more economical driving style The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption and a fixed percentage count in the ECO display does not indicate a fixed consumption figure Apart from driving style consumption is dependent on many factors such as e g e load e tire pressure e cold start e choice of route e electrical consumers switched on E Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving tips These factors are not taken into consideration by the ECO display The evaluation of your driving style is carried out using the following three categories e Acceleration evaluation of all acceleration processes The bar fills up moderate acceleration especially at higher speeds The bar empties sporty acceleration e Constant assessment of driving behavior at all times The bar fills up constant speed and avoidance of unn
429. rmity 25 Reading lamp eere 120 Rear compartment Setting the airflow ceeeeseeeee 139 Setting the air vents eee 143 Rear fog lamp Display message 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 231 Switching On Off eee 116 Rear seats Display message s e 245 Folding the backrest forwards IDA CK AEE NEE E E 265 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions eeee 295 FUNCtION MOLES sssrlsrinin 191 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual Dipping automatic Rear window blind 005 Rear window defroster Problem malfunction 0 Switching On Off ee eeeeeeeeeeeees Refrigerant air conditioning system Important safety notes ee Refueling Fuel gauge niania Important safety notes Notes for AMG vehicles Refueling process cceeeeeeees see Fuel Releasing the parking lock manually automatic transmission 161 Remote control Garage door Opener ceeeee 281 Programming garage door opener 282 Replacing bulbs Important safety notes Overview of bulb types Reporting safety defects 26 Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message s e 236 Warning lamp esseesseeseeereeereeeeeees 256 see Fuel Residual heat climate control 141 Restraint system see SRS Supplemental Restraint System Reverse gear Engaging automatic transmission 154 Reversing featur
430. rning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem J amp LS The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Ri The red SRS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Self diagnosis is not yet complete A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the SRS Supplemental Restraint System A WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk
431. road condition is poor e g if the surface is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving slower than 50 mph 80 km h or faster than 112 mph 180 km h e if you are currently using COMAND or making a telephone call with it e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed Warning and display messages in the multifunction display gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 214 If ATTENTION ASSIST is active you will be warned no sooner than 20 minutes after your journey has begun You then hear an intermittent warning tone twice and the Attention Assist Drowsiness detected message appears in the multifunction display gt If necessary take a break gt Press the OK button to confirm the message On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest The precondition for this is that ATTENTION ASSIST still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you continue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you t
432. rs in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call im Stowage and features P82 95 2905 31 gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover Q briefly to open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavailable mbrace will not be able to make the emergency call If you leave the vehicle immediately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emergency call In this case always summon assistance by other means 276 La Stowage and features Features Roadside Assistance button P82 95 2906 31 gt Press Roadside Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Cal 1 Connected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e Current location of the vehicle
433. ry gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only charge the installed battery with a battery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz These battery chargers allow the battery to be charged while still installed in the vehicle H Only use battery chargers with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V H Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 306 gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor battery in the jump starting procedure gt page 306 gt Read the battery charger s operating instructions before charging the battery F Breakdown assistance Jump starting all Breakdown assistance Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment ZA WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gase
434. ry vehicle Otherwise the vehicle s electronic system may be damaged e the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehicle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take protective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the battery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physician if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual 4 In order for the battery to achieve the maximum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified 11 This function is only available in vehicles for Canada specialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Like other batteries the vehicle battery may discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery disconnect
435. s socket is pulled out of the trim or is damaged or wet There is a risk of fatal injury e Use only connector cables that are dry and free of damage e When the ignition is off make sure that the 115 V power socket is dry e Have the 115 V power socket checked or replaced immediately at a qualified specialized workshop if it is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim e Never plug the connector cable into a 115 V power socket that is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim DANGER If you reach into the power socket or plug inappropriate devices into the power socket you could receive an electric shock There is a risk of fatal injury Only connect appropriate devices to the power socket H Note that work and repairs on the 115 V power socket should only be carried out by qualified specialist personnel General notes 115 V power socket Q provides an alternating voltage of 115 V so that small electronic devices can be connected These devices such as games consoles chargers and laptops should not consume more than a maximum of 150 watts altogether Requirements for operation of these devices e the electronic device that you connect has a Suitable connector and conforms to standards specific to the country you are in e the plug of the electronic device is plugged into 115 V power socket Q e the maximum wattage of the device to be connected must not exceed 150 watts F Stowage and features
436. s must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you select the Fold in mirrors when locking function in the on board computer gt page 218 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically This function is only available in vehicles for Canada If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 218 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the outside e the exterior mirrors fold out again automatically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door ifthe exterior mirrors have been folded in manually they do not fold out Exterior mirror pushed out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exterior mirrors press and hold mirror folding button until you hear a click followed by an impact sound gt page 108 The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 107 The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if the following conditions are m
437. s a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equipment when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or malfunctioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the multifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times Otherwise a vehicle that is not operating safely may cause an accident For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 31 Displays and operation The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle interior can be adjusted using the brightness control knob The brightness control knob is located on the bottom left of the instrument cluster page 31 gt Turn the brightness control knob clockwise or counter clockwise If the light switch is set to auro z00 or 2 the brightness is dependent
438. s and lessees 00ee 23 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Car see Vehicle Care CANDOUS AE E 297 Gar Washi eanne Rs 292 Display sidrai roppe i eeneiige Exterior lights c eeeeeeees Gear or selector lever Rear view camera Roof lining Seat belt Seat COVEN aoea e aleve SONSOMNS eoria e E E E Steering wheel Tail pipes we Trim pieces eee Washing by hand ssec Wheels sessir irens Windows Wiper blades Wooden trim gessisse Cargo tie down rings Car wash care e CD player CD changer on board COMPUTER o csiscssceesesisesecaisnsesateesstecee Center console LOWER sectionis e 35 Upper Section snrississsiriires 34 Central locking Automatic locking on board COMPULET sorsien einer Locking unlocking SmartKey 76 Changing bulbs Brake lamps uneneen Cornering light function s s s High beam headlamps 006 Low beam headlamps Parking lamps Reversing lamps Standing lamps front 0 00 ee Child proof locks Important safety notes 0 ee 64 Rear doors Children Ih THE vehis lessie 59 Restraint systems sseeeeeeeseeeees 59 Special seat belt retractor 61 Child seat LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANC MONS amp cocivssasoavevbiudvacevedeaacteeiescavess Top Tether ssi2cey stsesebecaiees seaascees Cigarette lighter eee Cleaning Mirror turn Signal seee 295 Climat
439. s can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e t is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Non combusted fuel can collect in the exhaust system and ignite There is a risk of fire Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise the catalytic converter could be damaged by the non combusted fuel Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper
440. s side e in the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap e printed in yellow on the rim of the emergency collapsible spare wheel depending on vehicle equipment Underinflation Z WARNING Tires with pressure that is too low can overheat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e wear quickly and unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption e overheat leading to tire defects e have an adverse effect on handling characteristics Overinflation Z WARNING Tires with excessively high pressure can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e have an adverse effect on handling characteristics e wear quickly and unevenly e be more susceptible to damage e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e increase the braking distance Maximum tire pressures Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure
441. s that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz Both the driver and the front passenger should always observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is positioned correctly Observe also the air bag Occupant safety display messages that can be displayed in the instrument cluster gt page 229 Z WARNING If the 8 k indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger reposition himself or herself in the seat until the 8 isco indicator lamp goes out In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighing as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is classified as being empty the 8 eee indicator lamp wil
442. s the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey Replacing bulbs Xenon bulbs DANGER Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You can get an electric shock if you remove the cover of the Xenon bulb and touch the electrical contacts There is a risk of fatal injury Never touch the parts or the electrical contacts of the Xenon bulb Always have work on the Xenon bulbs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs you can recognize this by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the engine For this to be observed the lights must be switched on before starting the engine Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Replacing bulbs Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it e it is hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare
443. s with KEYLESS GO use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock and shift the automatic transmission to N Then turn the SmartKey back to 0 and leave it in the ignition lock It is better to have the vehicle transported than to have it towed The automatic transmission must be in position N when the vehicle is being towed The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot shift the automatic transmission to position N Release the selector lever lock manually to move it out of position P gt page 161 Deactivate the automatic locking feature gt page 83 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle Towing and tow starting Installing the towing eye Only possible for vehicles without A WARNING 4MATIC The exhaust tail pipe may be very hot There When towing your vehicle with the rear axle is a risk of burns when removing the rear raised it is important that you observe the cover safety instructions gt page 308 Do not touch the exhaust pipe Take particular H The ignition must be switched off if you care when removing the rear cover are towing the vehicle with the rear axle gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle raised Intervention by ESP could tool kit gt page 300 otherwise damage the brake system The mounti
444. se gt page 134 Dual zone automatic climate control Only change the temperature setting in Different temperatures can be set for the small increments Start at 72 F 22 C driver s and front passenger sides gt To increase reduce the temperature in gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the the rear compartment using the rear ignition lock gt page 147 control panel press the A or Y gt To increase reduce turn control Q or button on the rear control panel clockwise or counter clockwise Only change the temperature setting in gt page 131 small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Only change the temperature setting in If you leave the vehicle parked for longer small increments Start at 72 F 22 C than 30 minutes the temperature setting for the rear compartment then switches 3 zone automatic climate control back to 72 F 22 C Air distribution settings Directs air through the center and side air vents t Directs air through the footwell air vents v Directs air through the center side and footwell vents Automatic climate control zones W4 Directs air through the defroster vents You can select different temperature settings z Directs the airflow through the for the driver s and front passenger sides as defroster center and side air vents well as for the rear compartment 2 Directs air through the
445. se emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addition when driving with a load tire dimension variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in damage to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tested and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop H Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recommended by Mercedes Benz since Wheel and tire combinations previous damage cannot always be The tires and wheel rims as well as further detected on retreaded tires As a result information can be obtained at a qualified Mercedes Benz cannot guarantee vehicle specialist workshop safety if retreaded tires are mounted Do not mount used tires if you have no information about their previous usage Overview of abbreviations used in the following tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e on the Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e in the tire pressure table on the inside of yy C250 the fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire V2 C 300 C 300 4MATIC pressures under various ope
446. se in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to re To store the current speed or a higher speed Operate the equipment To store the current speed or a lower Canada only This device complies with speed E Driving and parking RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS subject to the following two conditions To store the current speed or call up the 1 This device may not cause harmful last stored speed interference and To set the specified minimum distance 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may Switching on DISTRONIC PLUS storing cause undesired operation of the device and maintaining the current speed Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not Activation conditions permitted Do not tamper with alter oruse In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS the in any non approved way following conditions must be fulfilled Any unauthorized modification to this e the engine must be started It may take up device could void the user s authority to to two minutes after pulling away before operate the equipment DISTRONIC PLUS is operational e the parking brake must be
447. se spill Cup holder in the front compartment center console i Stowage and features Features Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cup holder before folding the rear seat armrest up Otherwise the cup holder could be damaged gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt To open raise the rear seat armrest cover gt Press release catch Q Cup holder folds out forwards gt Swing the rear seat armrest cover back down if necessary gt Toclose raise the rear seat armrest cover Swing cup holder 2 back until it engages Overview Z WARNING If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be blinded by incident light There is a risk of an accident Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into bracket and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt Fold down the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side gt Pull or push the sun visor in the direction of the arrow H Always guide the roller sunblind by hand
448. se will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or discharged gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 306 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop m Driving and parking EI Driving and parking Automatic transmission Problem The engine is not running smoothly and is misfiring The coolant temperature gauge shows a value above ZAC 120C Z WARNING Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical component of the engine management system gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly gt Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter and damage it The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt pag
449. sed to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating materials e g blankets coats bags seat covers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats when resetting the seats There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be damaged The head restraints in the front seats are installed with the NECK PRO system gt page 52 For this reason it is not possible to remove the head restraints from the front seats Vehicles without the through loading feature the head restraints cannot be removed from the rear compartment seats For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop Further related subjects e Rear bench seat through loading feature gt page 264 Backrest angle Seat height Seat cushion angle Seat fore and aft adjustment AMG vehicles are equipped with a seat with an integrated head restraint It is therefore not possible to set the height and angle of the head restraint Adjust the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are lightly supported Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Lift handle and sl
450. senger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incorrectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cushion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incorrectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about striking vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems properly even if they are not being use
451. side air vent gt To open close turn thumbwheel 3 to the left or right When automatic climate control is activated the glove box can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents The level of airflow depends on the airflow and air distribution settings H Close the air vent when heating the vehicle At high outside temperatures open the air vent and activate the cooling with air dehumidification function Otherwise temperature sensitive items stored in the glove box could be damaged Air vent thumbwheel Air vent gt To open close turn thumbwheel 1 clockwise or counter clockwise 10 Only for Canada Setting the air vents Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel Rear compartment air vent right Rear control unit only with 3 zone automatic climate control Rear compartment air vent left gt To open close turn thumbwheel Q up or down Climate control fd Useful information 0006 146 Notes on breaking in anew vehicle 146 Driving iaee eves RR 146 Automatic transmission 154 Refueling err ees 162 Parking iee e oe eee nee eects 164 Driving tipS 5 22 28 see rere 166 Driving systems cccceeeeeee 171 Fy Driving and parking LI Driving and parking Driving Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle availab
452. side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed e the windshield wiper switch is in position 0 Otherwise the vehicle might be damaged You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the windshield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at specially equipped washing bays Observe the legal requirements in all countries concerned gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of water gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork When using the vehicle in winter remove all traces of road salt deposits carefully and as soon as possible Power washers Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause in
453. sired name or gt To begin rapid scrolling press and hold the A or W button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the or OK button to display the numbers gt Pressthe A or W button to select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dialing or gt To exit the telephone book press the or button Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Te menu gt Press the g button to switch to the redial memory gt Pressthe A or W button to select the desired name or number gt Press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If you do not want to make a call press the or button Assistance menu Introduction Assist Graphic In the DriveAssist menu you have the following options e Displaying the assistance graphic gt
454. sk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations described in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the following situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activating deactivating ESP on AMG vehicles gt page 69 For further information about ESP see gt page 68 gt Start the engine gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A jor Y ESP gt Press the OK button gt To deactivate press OK again The amp warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up button to select gt To activate press OK again The amp warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out E On board computer and displays Menus and submenus E On board computer and displays ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the engine is running If the warning lamp and the warning lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 252 Observe the information on display messages gt page 223 Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake PRE SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS
455. spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warning notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or that are not being used correctly can impair operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist workshop and inquire about e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on the dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found in the Wheel tire combinations section gt page 342 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure section Modification work on the brake system and wheels is not permitted The use of wheel spacers or brake dust shields is not permitted This invalidates the general operating permit for the vehicle Further information on wheels and tires can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check the tire pressures and correct them if necessary e While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteristics e g pulling to one side This may indicate that the wheels
456. ssage 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 233 ECO start stop function 150 Engine number nsss Irregular running J mp startihg sssini Starting problems sssssssissisisisesss 153 Starting the engine with the SmartKey kose tenn nnn 149 Starting with KEYLESS GO 149 SWITCHING OFF sessies rna 165 Tow starting vehicle 0 eee 310 Engine jump starting see Jump starting engine Engine electronics Problem malfunction s 153 Engine oil eo o a E T 289 AILIVES sisniiiesisrnusreseenessea 355 Checking the oil level n se 288 Checking the oil level using the GIPStICK aiscistess eet i eetier selene 289 Display message seee 235 Filling CAPACITY ssssosisiicsiesierssesssisi 355 Notes about oil grades 0 0 eee 354 Notes on oil level consumption 288 Temperature on board computer 219 VISCOSILY esas lt csccesescsesnencvacetusesnansessnes 355 ESP Electronic Stability Program AMG menu on board computer 219 Deactivating activating AMG VEMICIES itecto serian 69 Deactivating activating except AMG vehicles ssiiocssiiesse 213 Deactivating activating notes except AMG vehicles seese 68 Display message s e 223 ELS 4ETS irese Function notes Important safety information 68 Warning lamp eeeeseeeeeeereeereeeeeees ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction SYSTEM os cscessscscssnastasesvsiecesteessiiendessceess Exhaust check Exhaust tail pipe cleaning instr
457. ssssessseeees 260 Warranty s 2ccdscecessedsiceeeden eceeederciveees 350 Washer fluid Display message eeeeeeeteeeeeteeees 246 Wheel bolt tightening torque 342 Wheel Chock ceesseeeeesteeeeeenees 339 Wheels Changing a wheel ccssseeee 338 Checking sieneen 315 Cleaning sesers ir vexetucsseevveces sete 293 Cleaning warning e 338 Emergency spare wheel 346 Important safety notes 0 314 Interchanging changing 338 Mounting a new wheel 6 341 Mounting a wheel ccseeeees 338 Removing a wheel seceeeeeeees 341 STONIE ee oere rE tes deceatentes caves 338 Tightening torque eeseeeeeteees 342 Wheel size tire size cece 342 Window curtain air bag Display message eeeeeeeseeeeeteeees 227 Operation sorres irinse 46 Windows see Side windows Windshield DenrOsting coce 139 Windshield washer fluid see Windshield washer system Windshield washer system 291 NOLES ico ste seecsdelstvsccas ssecesssedestieeeve 357 Windshield wipers Problem malfunction 0 127 Replacing the wiper blades 126 Switching On Off eee eeeeeeees 125 Winter driving Important safety notes 1 0 0 316 Slippery road surfaces 005 Izi SNOW CHAINS sisse irejee ie 317 Winter tires MAS tire Siessen erraten ei 316 Wiper blades CIGANING ise cascicacsesseesssssceestt
458. ssure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately e Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to damage such as cuts in the tires punctures tears in the tires bulges on tires deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 315 If necessary e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered Z WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving conditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at different locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires in 3 mm e M S tires Y in 4 mm b gt E Wheels and tires l Wheels and tires Winter operation For safety reasons
459. st gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again If the Blind Spot Assist Sensors Deactivated or Act Blind Spot Asst Sensors Deactivated message appears the radar sensor system is deactivated button to select OK gt Switch on the radar sensor system gt page 218 For further information about Blind Spot Assist see gt page 193 For further information about Active Blind Spot Assist see gt page 196 Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or Y Lane Keep Asst gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt Press OK to confirm button to select gt Press the W or A button to set Off Standard or Adaptive gt Press the OK button to save the setting When Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is activated the multifunction display shows the lane markings as bright lines in the assistance graphic For further information about Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 194 For further information about Active Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 199 Maintenance menu 1 Message P54 33 2429 31 In the Service menu you have the following opti
460. steering wheel selection to select the AMG menu If you have selected Yes the multifunction Press the A button repeatedly until display shows a confirmation message SETUP is displayed For safety reasons the Day Lights function in the Lights submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary AMG displays Drive program C SS M gt Press lt or gt onthe steering wheel ESP mode ON OFF or SPORT handling to select the AMG menu mode SPORT Ls On board computer and displays Menus and submenus RACETIMER Displaying and starting RACETIMER The RACETIMER is only intended for use on a closed race circuit Do not use the function on public roads You can use the RACETIMER to store lap times gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the RACETIMER is shown If the RACETIMER is selected the lt and gt buttons cannot be used to call up the menu bar 50 Si F so 120 j n i 00 0000 0 f 30 150 Start 60m 3 20 Lap RACETIMER You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or if the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock OK button to start the gt To start press the RACETIMER Displaying the intermediate time Li 00 1471 Interm Time New Lap gt
461. straint steering wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine A WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjusted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints installed Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level General notes Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 99 Do not rotate the head restraints of the front and rear seats Otherwise you cannot adjust the height and angle of the head restraints to the correct position Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Seats steering wheel and mirrors k Adjusting the head restraints manually Adjusting the head restraint height p gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and push the head restraint down to the desired position Adjusting the angle of the head restraints gt Push or pull the lower edge of the head restraint in the direction of the arrow Adjusting the height of the head restraints electrically gt To adjust the head restraint height slide the switch for head restraint adjustment gt page 100 up or down in the direct
462. structions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle Mercedes Benz strongly recommends that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Air bags Important safety notes A WARNING Using unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent deployment of the air bags integrated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the function of the air bag deactivation system could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after the airbag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag parts Have the deployed air bags replaced at a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING Air bags are designed to reduce the incidence of injuries and fatalities in certain situations e frontal impacts driver s and front passenger front air bags and driver s knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags
463. symbol Detected parking space on the right Parking Guidance is automatically activated when you drive forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the system independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right 8 or the left Q also appears Parking Guidance only displays parking spaces on the front passenger side as standard Parking spaces on the driver s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver s side is activated To park on the driver s side you must leave the driver s side turn signal switched on until you have engaged reverse gear Parking Guidance will only detect parking spaces e that are parallel to the direction of travel e that are at least 5 ft 1 5 m wide e that are at least 4 3 ft 1 3 m longer than your vehicle A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approximately 50 ft 15 m away from it ing iving and parki Dr Driving systems im Driving and parking Parking gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Shift the transmission to position R The multifunction display shows the
464. system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions The following messages may appear in the multifunction display t Shift recommendation gt page 159 P Parking Guidance gt page 188 CRUISE Cruise control gt page 171 p Adaptive Highbeam Assist gt page 118 ECO ECO start stop function gt page 150 HOLD function gt page 182 HOLD Menus and submenus Menu overview Operating the on board computer gt page 205 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 207 e Navi menu navigation instructions gt page 209 e Audio menu gt page 210 e Tel menu telephone gt page 211 e DriveAssist menu assistance gt page 213 e Serv menu gt page 215 e Sett menu settings gt page 215 e AMG menu in AMG vehicles gt page 219 Menus and submenus The Audio Navi and Tel menus differ slightly in vehicles with an audio system and in vehicles with COMAND The examples given in this Operator s Manual apply to vehicles equipped with COMAND Trip menu Standard display 1230 26753 our 2 P54 33 24 12 31 gt Press and hold the button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with trip odometer Q and odometer 2 is shown Trip computer From Start or From Reset Pme 150 mi 1 30h 60 mph O 31 6 m9 P54 33 2413 31
465. t open the trunk lid if the battery is disconnected or discharged P72 20 3037 31 gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise from position 1 as far as it will go to position 2 The trunk is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back to position and remove it Z WARNING While opening the side windows body parts could become trapped between the side window and the door frame as the side window moves There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody touches the side _ gt Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey f window during the opening procedure If when you lock the vehicle gt page 83 somebody becomes trapped release the the trunk is also locked switch or pull the switch to close the side window again Z WARNING You can open the trunk lid from inside the While opening the side windows body parts vehicle with the emergency release button in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch down to open the side window again A WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury gt Press emergency release button Q briefly Activate the override feature for the rear side The trunk lid unl
466. t detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lanes P54 70 2426 31 Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the Crossing vehicles vehicle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles i P54 70 2451 31 DISTRONIC PLUS may mistakenly detect vehicles that are crossing your lane ps4 70 2427 31 Activating DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with crossing traffic for example could cause your vehicle to pull away unintentionally General notes DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short E Driving and parking Obstructions and stationary vehicles The most important part of the dynamic handling package with sports mode is the adjustable damping system This automatically controls and adapts the suspension to the respective driving situation The calibration of the suspension depends on i i e your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for e the road surface conditions obstacles or stationary vehicles If for example the detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for these The dynamic handling package with sports mode also includes steering wheel pad
467. t hand side trim panel vehicles without a sound system panen Parking lamp brake lamp gt Press the respective bulb 4 or back and turn it counter clockwise to remove it from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder and turn it clockwise gt Reinsert the connector for LED light functions in the bulb holder gt Insert the bulb holder again and lock it in place gt Insert the tail lamp connector gt Close the side trim panel gt page 123 Windshield wipers H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry as this could damage the wiper blades Moreover dust that has collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or other residues may be the reason for this Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash 5 Rain sensor set to low sensitivity 6 Rain sensor set to high sensitivity Windshield wipers Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wiper off Intermittent wipe low Intermittent wipe high Continuous wipe slow 2 3 4 5 Continuous wipe fast 7 Single wipe To wipe the windshield using washer fluid gt Switch on the igniti
468. t of the engine on extremely steep downhill gradients and on long downhill stretches Restricting the shift range gt Press the selector lever to the left towards D or gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter The automatic transmission shifts down one gear and restricts the shift range to the relevant gear If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down the automatic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down if the maximum engine speed for the shift range is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission shifts up even if the shift range is restricted This prevents the engine from overrewving Extending the shift range gt Briefly press the selector lever to the right towards D or gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter The shift range is derestricted Clearing the shift range restriction gt Press and hold the selector lever towards D until D is shown once more in the multifunction display or gt Pull and hold the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter until D is shown again in the multifunction display The automatic transmission shifts from the current shift range directly to D Selecting the ideal shift range gt Press the selector lever to the left towards D and hold it in position or gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter and hold it in position The automati
469. t to deactivate ESP in the following situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin Deactivating activating ESP You can activate and deactivate ESP using the on board computer gt To deactivate gt page 213 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To activate gt page 213 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting action for better traction on loose surfaces e traction control is still activated ESP still provides support when you brake Driving safety systems Deactivating activating ESP AMG vehicles Important safety notes You can select between the following statuses of ESP ESP is activated e SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP is deacti
470. tance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are highly variable shade conditions on the roadway e no vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane and there are broken lane markings Warning vibration in the steering wheel A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steering wheel for up to 1 5 seconds In order that you are warned only when necessary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain conditions and warns you accordingly The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a highway e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend Lane correcting brake application Z WARNING A lane correcting brake application cannot always bring the vehicle back into the original lane There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist warns you or makes a lane correcting brake application Z WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist does not detect traffic conditions or road users In very rare cases the
471. ted indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 8 ier indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the 8 eke indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 8 k indicator lamp while driving to make sure the 3 jeter indicator lamp is illuminated If the Zi Ko indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front pas
472. ternatively you can obtain the location of Points of Interest POIs important destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to 20 way points 277 Fr Stowage and features E Stowage and features You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered The system calculates the route and subsequently starts the route guidance with the address entered 0 If you select No the address can be saved in the address book The destination download function is available if the relevant mobile phone network is available and data transfer is possible The destination download function can only be used if the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Package and cannot be purchased separately You can also use the Route Assistance function if your vehicle is not equipped with a navigation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitable route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then be guided live through the current route section Search amp Send Search amp Send is a destination entry service You can find further information on Search amp Send in the separate COMAND operating instructions Veh
473. that you use fuel brands that have the additives The quality of the fuel available in some countries may not be sufficient Residue could build up as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gasoline may be mixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz part no A000989254512 You must observe the notes and mixing ratios specified on the container Flexible Fuel vehicles Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explosion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance without delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assistance without delay Do not induce vomiting e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Flexible Fuel vehicles can be re
474. the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle The vehicle can be started with the Start Stop button if the SmartKey is in the vehicle Start Stop button Ignition lock gt Insert Start Stop button Q into ignition lock When you insert Start Stop button into ignition lock 2 the system needs approximately 2 seconds recognition time You can then use Start Stop button Q Start Stop button USA only Canada only gt Position 0 if Start Stop button has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the key being removed from the ignition gt Position 1 press Start Stop button Q You can now activate the windshield wipers for example If you then open the driver s door when in this position the power supply is deactivated gt Position 2 ignition press Start Stop button Q twice The power supply is switched off again if e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q once when in this position As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up If an indicator lamp does not go out after starting the engine or lights up while driving see gt page 250 Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additional
475. the climate control system may be activated automatically an hour after the SmartKey has been removed The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes Overview of climate control systems P68 10 4245 31 Canada only To set the temperature left gt page 138 To defrost the windshield gt page 139 To switch the ZONE function on off gt page 139 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 135 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 140 To set the temperature right gt page 138 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 141 To set the air distribution gt page 138 To increase the airflow gt page 139 To reduce the airflow gt page 139 To switch climate control on off gt page 135 To set climate control to automatic gt page 137 Climate control 4 Climate control E Overview of climate control systems USA only To set the temperature left gt page 138 To defrost the windshield gt page 139 P68 10 4270 31 To switch maximum cooling on off gt page 140 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 135 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 140 To set the temperature right gt page 138 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 141 To set the air distribution gt page 138 To increase the airflow gt page 139 To redu
476. the current tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel An emergency spare wheel may also be mounted against the direction of rotation Observe the time restriction on use as well as the speed limitation specified on the emergency spare wheel Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear This also applies to the emergency spare wheel The Minispare emergency spare wheel can be found in the stowage well under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 266 gt Remove tool kit tray Q gt Turn stowage tray counter clockwise and remove it gt Remove Minispare emergency spare wheel 3 Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 338 Emergency spare wheel lt w Tires T 125 90 R16 98 M 8 Tire pressure 420 kPa 4 2 bar 61 psi T 125 80 R17 99 M Tire pressure 420 kPa 4 2 bar 61 psi T 125 70 R18 99 M Tire pressure 420 kPa 4 2 bar 61 psi The specified tire pressure is printed in yellow on the emergency spare wheel 17 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the section on snow chains 18 C 300 4MATIC Not in combination with Sports package code 950 952 19 C 300 4MATIC only in combination with Sports package code 950 952 M Wheels and tires Useful information 0 0 350 Information regarding technical Catia E een iane se 350 Vaa eet ere
477. the engine e do not warm up the engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Introduction e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consumption Environmental concerns and recommendations Wherever the operating instructions require you to dispose of materials first try to regenerate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Q Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devices as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint systems Introduction Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified
478. the exterior mirrors Activating deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch off If you activate the Interior Lighting Delay function the interior lighting remains on for 20 seconds after you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Interior Lighting Delay function Ifthe Interior Lighting Delay function has been switched on the vehicle interior Menus and submenus is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic door locking mechanism gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Auto Door Locks function When the Auto Door Locks function is activated the vehicle doors are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting If you activate the Auto Door Locks function the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed of around 9 mph 15 km h For further information on the
479. the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss in a tire If the speed of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning message will appear in the multifunction display You can recognize the tire pressure loss warning by the Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message which appears in the Service menu of the multifunction display Information on the message display can be found in the Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system section gt page 322 Important safety notes The tire pressure warning system does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 318 The tire pressure loss warning does not replace the need to regularly check the tire pressure An even loss of pressure on several tires at the same time cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the E Wheels and tires l Wheels and tires Tire pressure event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains a
480. the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis is canceled completely The vehicle operating state check begins You will see the Vehicle diagnosis activated message When the diagnosis is completed the Send vehicle diagnostics data Voice connection may be interrupted during data transfer message appears Stowage and features la Stowage and features The vehicle data can now be sent to the Customer Assistance center gt Press OK to confirm the message The voice connection with the Customer Assistance center is terminated You will see the Vehicle Diagnosis Transferring data message The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance center Depending on what the customer service representative agreed with you the voice connection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Further functions of the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis include for example e transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance center If a service is overdue the COMAND display shows a message about various special offers at your workshop e monthly status information e mail on oil level air pressure maintenance brakes etc If applicable you will receive information on special offers in the e mail USA only this information can also be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Information on the
481. tion ECO button gt To switch off press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 on button and the ECO symbol in the multifunction display go out gt To switch on press button Q Indicator lamp lights up If all conditions for automatic engine switch off gt page 151 are fulfilled the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display If not all conditions for automatic engine switch off gt page 151 are fulfilled the ECO symbol is shown in yellow in the multifunction display If this is the case the ECO start stop function is not available if indicator lamp is off the ECO start stop function has been deactivated manually or as the result of a malfunction The engine will then not be switched off automatically when the vehicle stops Problem The engine does not start The starter motor can be heard The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter motor Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply gt Turn the SmartKey back to position 0 in the ignition lock before attempting to start the engine again or gt Press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out gt Try to start the engine again gt page 149 Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as the
482. tion of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bottom most guideline Activating the rear view camera gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the rear view camera function is selected in COMAND see the separate operating instructions for COMAND gt Engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND display E Driving and parking Driving and parking Driving systems Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the range between 50 mph 80 km h and 112 mph 180 km h If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration on the part of the driver it suggests you take a break ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level of fatigue or lapses in concentration by taking the following criteria into account e your personal driving style e g steering characteristics journey details e g time of day and length of journey The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the
483. tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than ten minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction by flashing for approximately one minute and then remaining lit When the malfunction has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those measured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure values indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio transmitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the tire pressure electronically gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or Y Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display button to select If the vehicle has been parked for over 20 minutes the Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a fe
484. tment a convenience function integrated into PRE SAFE can be found in the Seat belt adjustment section gt page 56 Z WARNING The function of the head restraint may be impaired if you e attach objects such as coat hangers to the head restraints for example e use head restraint covers If you do so the head restraints cannot fulfill their intended protective function in the event of an accident In addition objects attached to the head restraints could endanger other vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury Do not attach any objects to the head restraints and do not use head restraint covers NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints increase protection of the driver s and front passenger s head and neck In the event of a rear collision of a certain severity the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints on the driver s and the front passenger seats are moved forwards and upwards This provides better head support If the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints have been triggered in an accident reset the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seats gt page 53 Otherwise the additional protection will not be available in the event of another rear end collision NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints that have been triggered are moved forwards and can no lo
485. to traffic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 332 MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor If the pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e Observe the instructions in the display messages gt page 242 e Check the tire for damage e If driving on observe the following notes The maximum driving distance is approximately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving distance possible depends upon e Speed e Road condition e Outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving conditions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving F Breakdown assistance Battery vehicle E Breakdown assistance The maximum
486. to a lower gear if this would result in the maximum engine speed being exceeded For maximum acceleration push the selector lever to the left or pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter until the transmission selects the optimum gear for the current speed Kickdown AMG vehicles it is not possible to use kickdown in manual drive program M You can also use kickdown for maximum acceleration in manual drive program M gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed During kickdown you cannot change gear using the steering wheel paddle shifters or the selector lever Switching off the manual drive program gt Vehicles with the dynamic handling package press the program selector button gt page 156 M is no longer shown in the multifunction display gt AMG vehicles turn the drive program selector gt page 157 until C S or S appears in the multifunction display Automatic transmission Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The transmission has The transmission is losing oil problems shifting gear Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode is deteriorating It is only possible to shift into second gear and reverse gear The transmission no longer changes gear gt S
487. to the traffic situation and be ready to brake especially if PRE SAFE Brake warns you Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation In order to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front and thus prevent a collision you must apply the brakes yourself A WARNING PRE SAFE Brake does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result PRE SAFE Brake may neither give warnings nor intervene in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake A Qa Theft deterrent locking system In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the recognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e avehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehicle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop This also applies to collisions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Function gt
488. tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be malfunctioning The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 164 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Check the coolant level and add coolant gt page 290 Observe the warning notes gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop and go traffic The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low Z WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into th
489. top the vehicle gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D or R If D is selected the transmission shifts into second gear if R is selected the transmission shifts into reverse gear gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately E Driving and parking cloth from the right hand edge Pull i o selector lever gaiter up and out In the event of an electrical malfunction it is possible to release the selector lever lock gt Press release button down and manually to move it out of position P This is simultaneously move the selector lever out the case for example if you wish to tow the of position P vehicle away The selector lever can now be moved freely until it is returned to position P This section is only valid for vehicles with 4 wheel drive 4MATIC Power is always transmitted to both axles H Performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer The brake system or transfer case could otherwise be damaged Contact a qualified specialist workshop for a performance test H Do not use any sharp edged objects to remove the selector lever gaiter from the center console This could damage the H If the parking brake is being tested ona selector lever gaiter brake dynamometer the ignition must be switched off SmartKey
490. tton lights up When the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated one of the indicator lamps on the auxiliary heating button will light up on vehicles with auxiliary heating gt To deactivate press the ase button The indicator lamp in the ae button goes out The Cooling with air dehumidification function has a delayed switch off feature Climate control Ld Operating the climate control systems Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ac button flashes three times or remains off The Cooling with air dehumidification function cannot be switched on malfunction General notes In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the temperature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated If necessary cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehumidification function the air inside the vehicle will not be cooled The air inside the vehicle will also not be dehumidified The windows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidification function only briefly Activating switching gt Turn the S
491. uate contact between the tires and the road surface Please pay special attention to the notes on tires recommended minimum tire tread depths etc gt page 314 In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driving safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible Driving safety systems General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehicle when braking The yellow ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes section gt page 65 Z WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely impaired Additionally further driving safety systems are deactivated There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 250 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 223 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph
492. uctions seee 296 Exterior lighting Setting OPLIONS essiri 114 see Lights Exterior mirrors ACU SUIS c ierrsromeis ereere 107 Dipping automatic eee 109 Folding in out automatically 108 Folding in out electrically 108 Folding in when locking on board COMPULET c2isc csosececeesseceedeheteeneeee 218 Out of position troubleshooting 109 SEINE isossa seans 108 Storing settings memory function 110 Storing the parking position 109 Eyeglasses compartment Filler cap see Fuel filler flap First aid kit 2 0 0 0 eee eeececeeteeeteeeee 300 Flat tire MOExtended run flat system 301 Preparing the vehicle 6 301 see Emergency spare wheel FIOOHM AES cinne rne 284 Fog lamps Switching On Off seeen 115 Front fog lamps Display message ssec 231 Switching On Off seee 115 Fuel Additive Serenaan 353 Consumption statistics 207 Displaying the current COMSUIMPHOMN ie sesescscbivsssnecnessseseotes Displaying the range esec DYiVING iPS cscs sess ncsevesteesedeessntoe acts Flexible fuel vehicles Fuel BAU SE e rises Grade gasoline cesceeeeeeeeeee Important safety notes 0 0 Notes for AMG vehicles Premium grade unleaded gasoline 353 Problem malfunction 00 164 Refueling oi cssseuscesterdizeseesecvedecsastenes 162 Tank content reserve fuel 352 Fuel filler flap Emergency release
493. unction using the on board computer gt page 213 When DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will see the following in the multifunction display Example vehicles with automatic transmission Vehicle in front if detected Distance indicator current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehicle in front adjustable Own vehicle Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is activated gt Select the Assist Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 213 You will see the stored speed for about five seconds when you activate DISTRONIC PLUS After this time you will see the following in the multifunction display while DISTRONIC PLUS is activated Driving systems p DISTRONIC 50 mph Example vehicles with automatic transmission Vehicle in front if detected Specified minimum distance to the vehicle in front adjustable Own vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS activated Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS There are several ways to deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary When you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine E Driving and parking im Driving and parking Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS is
494. und the vehicle are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting button to select the Deactivating delayed switch off of the exterior lighting temporarily gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock The exterior lighting delayed switch off is deactivated Delayed switch off of the exterior lighting is reactivated the next time you start the engine If you have activated the Surround Lighting function and the light switch is set to auto the following functions are activated when it is dark e surround lighting the exterior lighting remains lit for 40 seconds after unlocking with the SmartKey If you start the engine the surround lighting is switched off and automatic headlamp mode is activated gt page 115 e exterior lighting delayed switch off the exterior lighting remains lit for 60 seconds after the engine is switched off If you close all the doors and the trunk lid the exterior lighting goes off after 5 seconds Depending on your vehicle s equipment when the surround lighting and delayed switch off exterior lighting are on the following light up e Parking lamps e Front fog lamps e Low beam headlamps e Daytime running lamps e Side marker lamps e Surround lighting in
495. ur pelvis gt Engage belt tongue in buckle gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height gt page 56 gt f necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to securely fasten child restraint systems in the vehicle For further information on special seat belt retractors see gt page 61 For more information about releasing the seat belt with release button see Releasing seat belts gt page 57 Seat belt adjustment The seat belt adjustment function adjusts the driver s and front passenger seat belt to the upper body of the occupants The belt strap is tightened slightly when e you engage the belt tongue in the belt buckle and you then turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function More information about PRE SAFE can be found in the PRE SAFE anticipatory occupant protection system section gt page 52 Belt height adjustment You can adjust the seat belt height on the driver s seat and the front passenger seat Adjust the height so that the upper part of the seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder gt Toraise slide the belt sash guide upwards The belt sash guide engages in various positions gt
496. ure 89 Important safety information ss 87 Opening CIOSING oseere 88 Problem malfunction eee 90 Resetting inienn nren 90 Sliding sunroof Important safety notes 0 eee 91 Opening CIOSING m re tipipi 92 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 94 RESETTING sieer ee ERAS 92 see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel SmartKey Changing the battery 79 Changing the programming 77 Checking the battery eee 79 Convenience closing feature 89 Convenience opening feature 89 Display message ssec 246 Door central locking unlocking 76 Important safety notes s COS Sha r Mechanical key eeseeeseeeseeeeee Positions ignition lock Problem malfunction Starting the Engine eee Snow chains eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 317 Sockets General notes csccceeeerteeeeeeee 271 Rear compartment eeeeeseeeeee 271 Spare wheel Storage location ceeeeeeeeeeeee 346 Specialist workshop cece 25 Special seat belt retractor 61 Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer Digital itcssssicscsasessGeasscsenctesdionsnzesazes In the Instrument cluster 31 SORIMOMES csscsssatscevenestsperssseessverestane Selecting the unit of measurement see Instrument cluster SPORT handling mode Activating deactivating AMG VENIGIES
497. ure for the rear side windows Z WARNING When children ride on the vehicle s rear seats activate the override switch Otherwise the children could be injured e g by trapping themselves in the rear side window gt To activate deactivate press button If indicator lamp is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driver s door If indicator lamp is off operation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System e BAS Brake Assist System e BAS PLUS Brake Assist System Plus ESP Electronic Stability Program e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution e ADAPTIVE BRAKE e PRE SAFE Brake If you fail to adapt your driving style or become distracted the driving safety systems can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed and for braking in good time Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adeq
498. ustment This could result in the seat belt typical twelve being pulled too tightly month old childina Check the installation of the child restraint system standard child gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto restraint system the seat gt If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off have the OCS system checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the OCS has been repaired gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt page 229 A oO A Occupant safety WARNING If the 8 PASS jair Bac OFF Z WARNING The PRE SAFE system reduces the impact of an accident on vehicle occupants as long as their seat belts have been fastened correctly Although your vehicle is equipped with a PRE SAFE system the possibility of injury in the event of an accident cannot be ruled out You should therefore always drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions PRE SAFE takes preemptive measures to protect occupants in certain hazardous situations PRE SAFE intervenes e if BAS PLUS intervenes powerfully on vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS e if on vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the radar sensor system detects an imminent danger of collision in certain situations e in critical driv
499. ut or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired ARG A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates e If you place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions e For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The OCS may have detected that the seat e is empty or occupied by the weight of a typical child up to twelve months old seated in a child restraint system e is occupied by a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult e is occupied by a child in a child restraint system whose weight is greater than that of a typical twelve month old child These are examples of when the OCS deactivates the front passenger front air bag Deactivation takes place although the collision fulfills the criteria for deploying the d
500. vate press the Max button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To activate press the button again The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings are restored Windows fogged up on the inside gt Activate the ae cooling with air dehumidification function gt Activate automatic mode gt Adjust the side air vents so that the warmed air is directed to the side windows gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again AUTO Windows fogged up on the outside gt Activate the windshield wipers gt Press the button repeatedly until the tr or symbol appears in the display gt Adjust the side air vents so that no air is directed to the side windows General notes The rear window defroster has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off automatically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear window defroster may switch off Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 147 gt Press the REB button The indicator lamp in the IRB button lights up or goes out Ope
501. vated Z WARNING When SPORT handling mode is activated there is a greater risk of skidding and accidents Only activate SPORT handling mode in the situations described in the following Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer stabilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations described in the following H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain In the following situations it may be better to activate SPORT handling mode or deactivate ESP e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel e on designated roads when the vehicle s own oversteering and understeering characteristics are desired Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ESP requires an extremely qualified and experienced driver Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin Driving safety systems Deactivating activating ESP gt To activate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The srort SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The SPORT handling mode message appears in the multifunction display gt To deactivate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The srort S
502. ve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the roller sunblinds A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fingers e when closing the roller sunblind again manually immediately after automatic reversing b gt Opening and closing Opening and closing LI Sliding sunroof This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these situations There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Opening and closing Overhead control panel To open To open To close gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the E5 switch in the corresponding direction if you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by operating the switch again Resetting the sliding sunroof and the roller sunblinds Reset the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds if the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel or the roller sunblinds do not move smoothly gt Turn t
503. verely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem a A The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion ES The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running SPORT AMG vehicles only The yellow SPORT handling mode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt When pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 68 ESP is deactivated A WARNING If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 68
504. visible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Components damaged in this way may fail unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced immediately H Always maintain a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door gaps roof gaps joints etc e electrical components e battery connectors e lights e seals e trim e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures Cleaning the wheels H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel Care cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after cleaning Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Cleaning the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and
505. w instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e Model e Order e Country specification e Availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e Design e Equipment e Technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep printed copies of the documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass the documents on to the new owner The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 2045843383 I MHNMNNNNIN NINEN Contents Safety ernea eene 39 Opening and closing 0006 75 Seats steering wheel and mirrors 97 Lights and windshield wipers 113 Climate control 0 eee 129 Driving and parking e 145 On board computer and displays 203 Stowage and features 261 Maintenance and care 285 Breakdown assistance 299 Wheels and tires ee 313 Technical data ee 349
506. w minutes message appears After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active display message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored if a spare wheel emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes If this occurs note that the value displayed for the position where the spare tire is mounted is not the same as the spare wheel emergency spare wheel s current tire pressure Tire pressure monitor warning messages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e If the Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next opportunity e Ifthe Check Tires message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly and the tires must be checked e if the Warning Tire Malfunction appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the i
507. which you are maneuvering Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the trunk lid is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent light or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter Driving systems e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop The field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehicle e g license plate holder bicycle rack View through the camera The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror The rear view camera may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The rear view camera does not show objects in the following positions e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle H Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear sec
508. window curtain air bags and pelvis air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities When the air bags are deployed a small amount of powder is released The powder generally does not constitute a health hazard and does not indicate that there is a fire in the vehicle In order to prevent potential breathing difficulties you should leave the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Z WARNING In order to reduce the potential danger of injuries caused during the deployment of the front air bags the driver and front passenger must always be correctly seated and wear their seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision you must always be in the normal seat position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure that it is correctly positioned on your body As the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e sit with the seat belt fastened correctly and
509. workshop Care Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e Clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e Clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e Clean Alcantara covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Cleaning the seat belts A WARNING Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solution Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Headliner if it is very dirty use a soft brush or a cleaning agent recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Carpets use the carpet and textile cleaning agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz 297 E Maintenance and care
510. ws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you lose the Service and Warranty Information booklet contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to arrange a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification plates gt Open the driver s door You will see vehicle identification plate Q Service products and filling capacities 172 Us oa vet NRR avelana nit beck P00 01 3875 31 Example vehicle identification plate USA only DAIMLER AG MADE h ae KG 2390 su F AV 1200 ree R AR 1230 J pans cove WDBSK79F 17F 113822 O si PO0 01 3683 31 GVWR PNBV Example vehicle identification plate Canada only VIN Paint code The data shown on the identification plate is example data This data is different for every vehicle and can deviate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate VIN gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rearmost position gt Fold floor covering upwards You will see VIN The VIN can also be found in the following locations e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 351 e on the vehicle identification plate gt page 350 Engine number Emission control information plate including the certification of both federal and
511. ws you which SAE classifications are to be used The low temperature characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g as a result of aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore strongly recommended that you carry out regular oil changes using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of b gt E Technical data E Technical data Service products and filling capacities the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals When handling brake fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 351 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Important safety notes Z WARNING If antifreeze comes into contact with hot components
512. xterior lighting is defective Lis 3 gt aa rad 7 Malfunction Sea Visit a qualified specialist workshop Operator s Manual IOF The exterior lighting is defective Malfunction See Operator s Manual gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop TOF The light sensor is defective Auto Lamp Function Inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions X The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds Switch Off Lights gt Turn the light switch to auto Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty Assist Inoperative visit a qualified specialist workshop Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily Assist Currently inoperative Possible causes are Unavailable See A e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty Operator s Manual e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog gt Clean the windshield If the system detects that the camera is fully operational again the Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available again message is displayed Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again E On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low Check Coolant H Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine Level See
513. y gt page 206 Changes in the outside temperature are displayed after a short delay The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available e Cruise control activated gt page 171 The segments light up from the stored speed to the maximum speed e DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt page 173 One or two segments in the set speed range light up e DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front The segments between the speed of the vehicle in front and the stored speed light up Displays and operation Overview The on board computer is activated as soon as you turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions Right control panel Left control panel Back button DYES LEVEE me ELOA Left control panel Adjusts the volume iz amp lt e Calls up the menu and menu bar a gt X e Mute xe P iefly xo LA Press briefly Back button S Y Scrolls in lists T e Selects a submenu or function 5 Press briefly 5 e In the Audio menu selects a e Back Q stored station an audio track or e Switches off the Voice Control E a video scene System see the separate oO e Inthe Te telephone menu ope
514. y press the button General notes Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEYLESS GO key in the vehicle Locking unlocking centrally You can start lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO To do this you only need carry the SmartKey with you You can combine the SmartKey functions of KEYLESS GO with those of a conventional SmartKey Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS GO for instance and lock it using the button on the SmartKey When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS GO the distance between the key and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft 1 m KEYLESS GO checks whether a valid SmartKey is in the vehicle by periodically establishing a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey This happens e when the external door handles are touched e when starting the engine e while the vehicle is in motion gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor surface Q gt Convenience closing feature touch recessed sensor surface 2 for an extended period Further information on the convenience closing feature gt page 90 If you pull on the handle of the trunk lid only the trunk of the vehicle is unlocked You can change the settings of the locking system This means that only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap ar

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Documentazione prodotto  Nu-Flame NF-T2DOOR Instructions / Assembly  PDF Istruzioni d`uso DCG 230-D/DAG 230  La langue des oiseaux  Husqvarna 581 29 12-03  High Precision Tank Gauging System  Handbuch - Windows Client Management AG  Ma retraite mode d`emploi  ASUS M32BC 9584 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved.

• https://telegra.ph/Wire-Size-Calculator-From-Voltage-Drop-ee6b11d9-11-16
• https://telegra.ph/AC-Three-phase-Voltage-Drop-Calculator-7454c586-11-16
• https://telegra.ph/Square-Slab-Concrete-Volume-Calculator-bd9afb76-11-17
• https://telegra.ph/Wall-Concrete-Volume-Calculator-6075dc78-11-13
• https://telegra.ph/Wall-Concrete-Volume-Calculator-e01f6b48-11-13
• https://telegra.ph/Wire-Size-Calculator-From-Voltage-Drop-07bbf472-11-17
• https://telegra.ph/Calculat-Wire-Area-From-Voltage-Drop-2a4c6268-11-18
• https://telegra.ph/Calculate-Wire-Resistor-from-Voltage-Drop-140bd69a-11-18
• https://telegra.ph/DC-Voltage-Drop-Calculator-3e1330c3-11-18
• https://telegra.ph/Calculate-Wire-Resistor-from-Voltage-Drop-df81d35a-11-18